1 /*
   2  * Copyright (c) 1997, 2026, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
   3  * Copyright (c) 2024, Alibaba Group Holding Limited. All rights reserved.
   4  * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
   5  *
   6  * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
   7  * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
   8  * published by the Free Software Foundation.
   9  *
  10  * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
  11  * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
  12  * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
  13  * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
  14  * accompanied this code).
  15  *
  16  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
  17  * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
  18  * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  19  *
  20  * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
  21  * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
  22  * questions.
  23  *
  24  */
  25 
  26 #include "ci/ciFlatArrayKlass.hpp"
  27 #include "ci/ciInlineKlass.hpp"
  28 #include "classfile/javaClasses.hpp"
  29 #include "classfile/systemDictionary.hpp"
  30 #include "compiler/compileLog.hpp"
  31 #include "gc/shared/barrierSet.hpp"
  32 #include "gc/shared/c2/barrierSetC2.hpp"
  33 #include "gc/shared/tlab_globals.hpp"
  34 #include "memory/allocation.inline.hpp"
  35 #include "memory/resourceArea.hpp"
  36 #include "oops/flatArrayKlass.hpp"
  37 #include "oops/objArrayKlass.hpp"
  38 #include "opto/addnode.hpp"
  39 #include "opto/arraycopynode.hpp"
  40 #include "opto/callnode.hpp"
  41 #include "opto/cfgnode.hpp"
  42 #include "opto/compile.hpp"
  43 #include "opto/connode.hpp"
  44 #include "opto/convertnode.hpp"
  45 #include "opto/inlinetypenode.hpp"
  46 #include "opto/loopnode.hpp"
  47 #include "opto/machnode.hpp"
  48 #include "opto/matcher.hpp"
  49 #include "opto/memnode.hpp"
  50 #include "opto/mempointer.hpp"
  51 #include "opto/mulnode.hpp"
  52 #include "opto/narrowptrnode.hpp"
  53 #include "opto/phaseX.hpp"
  54 #include "opto/regalloc.hpp"
  55 #include "opto/regmask.hpp"
  56 #include "opto/rootnode.hpp"
  57 #include "opto/traceMergeStoresTag.hpp"
  58 #include "opto/vectornode.hpp"
  59 #include "runtime/arguments.hpp"
  60 #include "utilities/align.hpp"
  61 #include "utilities/copy.hpp"
  62 #include "utilities/globalDefinitions.hpp"
  63 #include "utilities/macros.hpp"
  64 #include "utilities/powerOfTwo.hpp"
  65 #include "utilities/vmError.hpp"
  66 
  67 // Portions of code courtesy of Clifford Click
  68 
  69 // Optimization - Graph Style
  70 
  71 static Node *step_through_mergemem(PhaseGVN *phase, MergeMemNode *mmem,  const TypePtr *tp, const TypePtr *adr_check, outputStream *st);
  72 
  73 //=============================================================================
  74 uint MemNode::size_of() const { return sizeof(*this); }
  75 
  76 const TypePtr *MemNode::adr_type() const {
  77   Node* adr = in(Address);
  78   if (adr == nullptr)  return nullptr; // node is dead
  79   const TypePtr* cross_check = nullptr;
  80   DEBUG_ONLY(cross_check = _adr_type);
  81   return calculate_adr_type(adr->bottom_type(), cross_check);
  82 }
  83 
  84 bool MemNode::check_if_adr_maybe_raw(Node* adr) {
  85   if (adr != nullptr) {
  86     if (adr->bottom_type()->base() == Type::RawPtr || adr->bottom_type()->base() == Type::AnyPtr) {
  87       return true;
  88     }
  89   }
  90   return false;
  91 }
  92 
  93 #ifndef PRODUCT
  94 void MemNode::dump_spec(outputStream *st) const {
  95   if (in(Address) == nullptr)  return; // node is dead
  96 #ifndef ASSERT
  97   // fake the missing field
  98   const TypePtr* _adr_type = nullptr;
  99   if (in(Address) != nullptr)
 100     _adr_type = in(Address)->bottom_type()->isa_ptr();
 101 #endif
 102   dump_adr_type(_adr_type, st);
 103 
 104   Compile* C = Compile::current();
 105   if (C->alias_type(_adr_type)->is_volatile()) {
 106     st->print(" Volatile!");
 107   }
 108   if (_unaligned_access) {
 109     st->print(" unaligned");
 110   }
 111   if (_mismatched_access) {
 112     st->print(" mismatched");
 113   }
 114   if (_unsafe_access) {
 115     st->print(" unsafe");
 116   }
 117 }
 118 
 119 void MemNode::dump_adr_type(const TypePtr* adr_type, outputStream* st) {
 120   st->print(" @");
 121   if (adr_type == nullptr) {
 122     st->print("null");
 123   } else {
 124     adr_type->dump_on(st);
 125     Compile* C = Compile::current();
 126     Compile::AliasType* atp = nullptr;
 127     if (C->have_alias_type(adr_type))  atp = C->alias_type(adr_type);
 128     if (atp == nullptr)
 129       st->print(", idx=?\?;");
 130     else if (atp->index() == Compile::AliasIdxBot)
 131       st->print(", idx=Bot;");
 132     else if (atp->index() == Compile::AliasIdxTop)
 133       st->print(", idx=Top;");
 134     else if (atp->index() == Compile::AliasIdxRaw)
 135       st->print(", idx=Raw;");
 136     else {
 137       ciField* field = atp->field();
 138       if (field) {
 139         st->print(", name=");
 140         field->print_name_on(st);
 141       }
 142       st->print(", idx=%d;", atp->index());
 143     }
 144   }
 145 }
 146 
 147 extern void print_alias_types();
 148 
 149 #endif
 150 
 151 // Find the memory output corresponding to the fall-through path of a call
 152 static Node* find_call_fallthrough_mem_output(CallNode* call) {
 153   ResourceMark rm;
 154   CallProjections* projs = call->extract_projections(false, false);
 155   Node* res = projs->fallthrough_memproj;
 156   assert(res != nullptr, "must have a fallthrough mem output");
 157   return res;
 158 }
 159 
 160 // Try to find a better memory input for a load from a strict final field
 161 static Node* try_optimize_strict_final_load_memory(PhaseGVN* phase, Node* adr, ProjNode*& base_local) {
 162   intptr_t offset = 0;
 163   Node* base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(adr, phase, offset);
 164   if (base == nullptr) {
 165     return nullptr;
 166   }
 167 
 168   Node* base_uncasted = base->uncast();
 169   if (base_uncasted->is_Proj()) {
 170     Node* multi = base_uncasted->in(0);
 171     if (multi->is_top()) {
 172       // The pointer dies, make the memory die, too
 173       return multi;
 174     } else if (multi->is_Allocate()) {
 175       base_local = base_uncasted->as_Proj();
 176       return nullptr;
 177     } else if (multi->is_Call()) {
 178       // The oop is returned from a call, the memory can be the fallthrough output of the call
 179       return find_call_fallthrough_mem_output(multi->as_Call());
 180     } else if (multi->is_Start()) {
 181       // The oop is a parameter
 182       if (phase->C->method()->is_object_constructor() && base_uncasted->as_Proj()->_con == TypeFunc::Parms) {
 183         // The receiver of a constructor is similar to the result of an AllocateNode
 184         base_local = base_uncasted->as_Proj();
 185         return nullptr;
 186       } else {
 187         // Use the start memory otherwise
 188         return multi->as_Start()->proj_out(TypeFunc::Memory);
 189       }
 190     }
 191   }
 192 
 193   return nullptr;
 194 }
 195 
 196 // Whether a call can modify a strict final field, given that the object is allocated inside the
 197 // current compilation unit, or is the first parameter when the compilation root is a constructor.
 198 // This is equivalent to asking whether 'call' is a constructor invocation and the class declaring
 199 // the target method is a subclass of the class declaring 'field'.
 200 static bool call_can_modify_local_object(ciField* field, CallNode* call) {
 201   if (!call->is_CallJava()) {
 202     return false;
 203   }
 204 
 205   ciMethod* target = call->as_CallJava()->method();
 206   if (target == nullptr || !target->is_object_constructor()) {
 207     return false;
 208   }
 209 
 210   // If 'field' is declared in a class that is a subclass of the one declaring the constructor,
 211   // then the field is set inside the constructor, else the field must be set before the
 212   // constructor invocation. E.g. A field Super.x will be set during the execution of Sub::<init>,
 213   // while a field Sub.y must be set before Super::<init> is invoked.
 214   // We can try to be more heroic and decide if the receiver of the constructor invocation is the
 215   // object from which we are loading from. This, however, may be problematic as deciding if 2
 216   // nodes are definitely different may not be trivial, especially if the graph is not canonical.
 217   // As a result, it is made more conservative for now.
 218   assert(call->req() > TypeFunc::Parms, "constructor must have at least 1 argument");
 219   return target->holder()->is_subclass_of(field->holder());
 220 }
 221 
 222 Node* MemNode::optimize_simple_memory_chain(Node* mchain, const TypeOopPtr* t_oop, Node* load, PhaseGVN* phase) {
 223   assert(t_oop != nullptr, "sanity");
 224   bool is_known_instance = t_oop->is_known_instance_field();
 225   bool is_strict_final_load = false;
 226 
 227   // After macro expansion, an allocation may become a call, changing the memory input to the
 228   // memory output of that call would be illegal. As a result, disallow this transformation after
 229   // macro expansion.
 230   if (phase->is_IterGVN() && phase->C->allow_macro_nodes() && load != nullptr && load->is_Load() && !load->as_Load()->is_mismatched_access()) {
 231     is_strict_final_load = t_oop->is_ptr_to_strict_final_field();
 232 #ifdef ASSERT
 233     if ((t_oop->is_inlinetypeptr() && t_oop->inline_klass()->contains_field_offset(t_oop->offset())) || t_oop->is_ptr_to_boxed_value()) {
 234       assert(is_strict_final_load, "sanity check for basic cases");
 235     }
 236 #endif // ASSERT
 237   }
 238 
 239   if (!is_known_instance && !is_strict_final_load) {
 240     return mchain;
 241   }
 242 
 243   Node* result = mchain;
 244   ProjNode* base_local = nullptr;
 245 
 246   ciField* field = nullptr;
 247   if (is_strict_final_load) {
 248     field = phase->C->alias_type(t_oop)->field();
 249     assert(field != nullptr, "must point to a field");
 250 
 251     Node* adr = load->in(MemNode::Address);
 252     assert(phase->type(adr) == t_oop, "inconsistent type");
 253     Node* tmp = try_optimize_strict_final_load_memory(phase, adr, base_local);
 254     if (tmp != nullptr) {
 255       result = tmp;
 256     }
 257   }
 258 
 259   uint instance_id = t_oop->instance_id();
 260   Node* start_mem = phase->C->start()->proj_out_or_null(TypeFunc::Memory);
 261   Node* prev = nullptr;
 262   while (prev != result) {
 263     prev = result;
 264     if (result == start_mem) {
 265       // start_mem is the earliest memory possible
 266       break;
 267     }
 268 
 269     // skip over a call which does not affect this memory slice
 270     if (result->is_Proj() && result->as_Proj()->_con == TypeFunc::Memory) {
 271       Node* proj_in = result->in(0);
 272       if (proj_in->is_Allocate() && proj_in->_idx == instance_id) {
 273         // This is the allocation that creates the object from which we are loading from
 274         break;
 275       } else if (proj_in->is_Call()) {
 276         // ArrayCopyNodes processed here as well
 277         CallNode* call = proj_in->as_Call();
 278         if (!call->may_modify(t_oop, phase)) {
 279           result = call->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 280         } else if (is_strict_final_load && base_local != nullptr && !call_can_modify_local_object(field, call)) {
 281           result = call->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 282         }
 283       } else if (proj_in->Opcode() == Op_Tuple) {
 284         // The call will be folded, skip over it.
 285         break;
 286       } else if (proj_in->is_Initialize()) {
 287         AllocateNode* alloc = proj_in->as_Initialize()->allocation();
 288         // Stop if this is the initialization for the object instance which
 289         // contains this memory slice, otherwise skip over it.
 290         if ((alloc == nullptr) || (alloc->_idx == instance_id)) {
 291           break;
 292         }
 293         if (is_known_instance) {
 294           result = proj_in->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 295         } else if (is_strict_final_load) {
 296           Node* klass = alloc->in(AllocateNode::KlassNode);
 297           const TypeKlassPtr* tklass = phase->type(klass)->is_klassptr();
 298           if (tklass->klass_is_exact() && !tklass->exact_klass()->equals(t_oop->is_instptr()->exact_klass())) {
 299             // Allocation of another type, must be another object
 300             result = proj_in->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 301           } else if (base_local != nullptr && (base_local->is_Parm() || base_local->in(0) != alloc)) {
 302             // Allocation of another object
 303             result = proj_in->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 304           }
 305         }
 306       } else if (proj_in->is_MemBar()) {
 307         ArrayCopyNode* ac = nullptr;
 308         if (ArrayCopyNode::may_modify(t_oop, proj_in->as_MemBar(), phase, ac)) {
 309           break;
 310         }
 311         result = proj_in->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 312       } else if (proj_in->is_LoadFlat() || proj_in->is_StoreFlat()) {
 313         if (is_strict_final_load) {
 314           // LoadFlat and StoreFlat cannot happen to strict final fields
 315           result = proj_in->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 316         }
 317       } else if (proj_in->is_top()) {
 318         break; // dead code
 319       } else {
 320         assert(false, "unexpected projection of %s", proj_in->Name());
 321       }
 322     } else if (result->is_ClearArray()) {
 323       if (!is_known_instance || !ClearArrayNode::step_through(&result, instance_id, phase)) {
 324         // Can not bypass initialization of the instance
 325         // we are looking for.
 326         break;
 327       }
 328       // Otherwise skip it (the call updated 'result' value).
 329     } else if (result->is_MergeMem()) {
 330       result = step_through_mergemem(phase, result->as_MergeMem(), t_oop, nullptr, tty);
 331     }
 332   }
 333   return result;
 334 }
 335 
 336 Node *MemNode::optimize_memory_chain(Node *mchain, const TypePtr *t_adr, Node *load, PhaseGVN *phase) {
 337   const TypeOopPtr* t_oop = t_adr->isa_oopptr();
 338   if (t_oop == nullptr)
 339     return mchain;  // don't try to optimize non-oop types
 340   Node* result = optimize_simple_memory_chain(mchain, t_oop, load, phase);
 341   bool is_instance = t_oop->is_known_instance_field();
 342   PhaseIterGVN *igvn = phase->is_IterGVN();
 343   if (is_instance && igvn != nullptr && result->is_Phi()) {
 344     PhiNode *mphi = result->as_Phi();
 345     assert(mphi->bottom_type() == Type::MEMORY, "memory phi required");
 346     const TypePtr *t = mphi->adr_type();
 347     bool do_split = false;
 348     // In the following cases, Load memory input can be further optimized based on
 349     // its precise address type
 350     if (t == TypePtr::BOTTOM || t == TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM ) {
 351       do_split = true;
 352     } else if (t->isa_oopptr() && !t->is_oopptr()->is_known_instance()) {
 353       const TypeOopPtr* mem_t =
 354         t->is_oopptr()->cast_to_exactness(true)
 355         ->is_oopptr()->cast_to_ptr_type(t_oop->ptr())
 356         ->is_oopptr()->cast_to_instance_id(t_oop->instance_id());
 357       if (t_oop->isa_aryptr()) {
 358         mem_t = mem_t->is_aryptr()
 359                      ->cast_to_stable(t_oop->is_aryptr()->is_stable())
 360                      ->cast_to_size(t_oop->is_aryptr()->size())
 361                      ->cast_to_not_flat(t_oop->is_aryptr()->is_not_flat())
 362                      ->cast_to_not_null_free(t_oop->is_aryptr()->is_not_null_free())
 363                      ->with_offset(t_oop->is_aryptr()->offset())
 364                      ->is_aryptr();
 365       }
 366       do_split = mem_t == t_oop;
 367     }
 368     if (do_split) {
 369       // clone the Phi with our address type
 370       result = mphi->split_out_instance(t_adr, igvn);
 371     } else {
 372       assert(phase->C->get_alias_index(t) == phase->C->get_alias_index(t_adr), "correct memory chain");
 373     }
 374   }
 375   return result;
 376 }
 377 
 378 static Node *step_through_mergemem(PhaseGVN *phase, MergeMemNode *mmem,  const TypePtr *tp, const TypePtr *adr_check, outputStream *st) {
 379   uint alias_idx = phase->C->get_alias_index(tp);
 380   Node *mem = mmem;
 381 #ifdef ASSERT
 382   {
 383     // Check that current type is consistent with the alias index used during graph construction
 384     assert(alias_idx >= Compile::AliasIdxRaw, "must not be a bad alias_idx");
 385     bool consistent =  adr_check == nullptr || adr_check->empty() ||
 386                        phase->C->must_alias(adr_check, alias_idx );
 387     // Sometimes dead array references collapse to a[-1], a[-2], or a[-3]
 388     if( !consistent && adr_check != nullptr && !adr_check->empty() &&
 389         tp->isa_aryptr() &&        tp->offset() == Type::OffsetBot &&
 390         adr_check->isa_aryptr() && adr_check->offset() != Type::OffsetBot &&
 391         ( adr_check->offset() == arrayOopDesc::length_offset_in_bytes() ||
 392           adr_check->offset() == oopDesc::klass_offset_in_bytes() ||
 393           adr_check->offset() == oopDesc::mark_offset_in_bytes() ) ) {
 394       // don't assert if it is dead code.
 395       consistent = true;
 396     }
 397     if( !consistent ) {
 398       st->print("alias_idx==%d, adr_check==", alias_idx);
 399       if( adr_check == nullptr ) {
 400         st->print("null");
 401       } else {
 402         adr_check->dump();
 403       }
 404       st->cr();
 405       print_alias_types();
 406       assert(consistent, "adr_check must match alias idx");
 407     }
 408   }
 409 #endif
 410   // TypeOopPtr::NOTNULL+any is an OOP with unknown offset - generally
 411   // means an array I have not precisely typed yet.  Do not do any
 412   // alias stuff with it any time soon.
 413   const TypeOopPtr *toop = tp->isa_oopptr();
 414   if (tp->base() != Type::AnyPtr &&
 415       !(toop &&
 416         toop->isa_instptr() &&
 417         toop->is_instptr()->instance_klass()->is_java_lang_Object() &&
 418         toop->offset() == Type::OffsetBot)) {
 419     // IGVN _delay_transform may be set to true and if that is the case and mmem
 420     // is already a registered node then the validation inside transform will
 421     // complain.
 422     Node* m = mmem;
 423     PhaseIterGVN* igvn = phase->is_IterGVN();
 424     if (igvn == nullptr || !igvn->delay_transform()) {
 425       // compress paths and change unreachable cycles to TOP
 426       // If not, we can update the input infinitely along a MergeMem cycle
 427       // Equivalent code in PhiNode::Ideal
 428       m = phase->transform(mmem);
 429     }
 430     // If transformed to a MergeMem, get the desired slice
 431     // Otherwise the returned node represents memory for every slice
 432     mem = (m->is_MergeMem())? m->as_MergeMem()->memory_at(alias_idx) : m;
 433     // Update input if it is progress over what we have now
 434   }
 435   return mem;
 436 }
 437 
 438 //--------------------------Ideal_common---------------------------------------
 439 // Look for degenerate control and memory inputs.  Bypass MergeMem inputs.
 440 // Unhook non-raw memories from complete (macro-expanded) initializations.
 441 Node *MemNode::Ideal_common(PhaseGVN *phase, bool can_reshape) {
 442   // If our control input is a dead region, kill all below the region
 443   Node *ctl = in(MemNode::Control);
 444   if (ctl && remove_dead_region(phase, can_reshape))
 445     return this;
 446   ctl = in(MemNode::Control);
 447   // Don't bother trying to transform a dead node
 448   if (ctl && ctl->is_top())  return NodeSentinel;
 449 
 450   PhaseIterGVN *igvn = phase->is_IterGVN();
 451   // Wait if control on the worklist.
 452   if (ctl && can_reshape && igvn != nullptr) {
 453     Node* bol = nullptr;
 454     Node* cmp = nullptr;
 455     if (ctl->in(0)->is_If()) {
 456       assert(ctl->is_IfTrue() || ctl->is_IfFalse(), "sanity");
 457       bol = ctl->in(0)->in(1);
 458       if (bol->is_Bool())
 459         cmp = ctl->in(0)->in(1)->in(1);
 460     }
 461     if (igvn->_worklist.member(ctl) ||
 462         (bol != nullptr && igvn->_worklist.member(bol)) ||
 463         (cmp != nullptr && igvn->_worklist.member(cmp)) ) {
 464       // This control path may be dead.
 465       // Delay this memory node transformation until the control is processed.
 466       igvn->_worklist.push(this);
 467       return NodeSentinel; // caller will return null
 468     }
 469   }
 470   // Ignore if memory is dead, or self-loop
 471   Node *mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
 472   if (phase->type( mem ) == Type::TOP) return NodeSentinel; // caller will return null
 473   assert(mem != this, "dead loop in MemNode::Ideal");
 474 
 475   if (can_reshape && igvn != nullptr && igvn->_worklist.member(mem)) {
 476     // This memory slice may be dead.
 477     // Delay this mem node transformation until the memory is processed.
 478     igvn->_worklist.push(this);
 479     return NodeSentinel; // caller will return null
 480   }
 481 
 482   Node *address = in(MemNode::Address);
 483   const Type *t_adr = phase->type(address);
 484   if (t_adr == Type::TOP)              return NodeSentinel; // caller will return null
 485 
 486   if (can_reshape && is_unsafe_access() && (t_adr == TypePtr::NULL_PTR)) {
 487     // Unsafe off-heap access with zero address. Remove access and other control users
 488     // to not confuse optimizations and add a HaltNode to fail if this is ever executed.
 489     assert(ctl != nullptr, "unsafe accesses should be control dependent");
 490     for (DUIterator_Fast imax, i = ctl->fast_outs(imax); i < imax; i++) {
 491       Node* u = ctl->fast_out(i);
 492       if (u != ctl) {
 493         igvn->rehash_node_delayed(u);
 494         int nb = u->replace_edge(ctl, phase->C->top(), igvn);
 495         --i, imax -= nb;
 496       }
 497     }
 498     Node* frame = igvn->transform(new ParmNode(phase->C->start(), TypeFunc::FramePtr));
 499     Node* halt = igvn->transform(new HaltNode(ctl, frame, "unsafe off-heap access with zero address"));
 500     phase->C->root()->add_req(halt);
 501     return this;
 502   }
 503 
 504   if (can_reshape && igvn != nullptr &&
 505       (igvn->_worklist.member(address) ||
 506        (igvn->_worklist.size() > 0 && t_adr != adr_type())) ) {
 507     // The address's base and type may change when the address is processed.
 508     // Delay this mem node transformation until the address is processed.
 509     igvn->_worklist.push(this);
 510     return NodeSentinel; // caller will return null
 511   }
 512 
 513   // Do NOT remove or optimize the next lines: ensure a new alias index
 514   // is allocated for an oop pointer type before Escape Analysis.
 515   // Note: C++ will not remove it since the call has side effect.
 516   if (t_adr->isa_oopptr()) {
 517     int alias_idx = phase->C->get_alias_index(t_adr->is_ptr());
 518   }
 519 
 520   Node* base = nullptr;
 521   if (address->is_AddP()) {
 522     base = address->in(AddPNode::Base);
 523   }
 524   if (base != nullptr && phase->type(base)->higher_equal(TypePtr::NULL_PTR) &&
 525       !t_adr->isa_rawptr()) {
 526     // Note: raw address has TOP base and top->higher_equal(TypePtr::NULL_PTR) is true.
 527     // Skip this node optimization if its address has TOP base.
 528     return NodeSentinel; // caller will return null
 529   }
 530 
 531   // Avoid independent memory operations
 532   Node* old_mem = mem;
 533 
 534   // The code which unhooks non-raw memories from complete (macro-expanded)
 535   // initializations was removed. After macro-expansion all stores caught
 536   // by Initialize node became raw stores and there is no information
 537   // which memory slices they modify. So it is unsafe to move any memory
 538   // operation above these stores. Also in most cases hooked non-raw memories
 539   // were already unhooked by using information from detect_ptr_independence()
 540   // and find_previous_store().
 541 
 542   if (mem->is_MergeMem()) {
 543     MergeMemNode* mmem = mem->as_MergeMem();
 544     const TypePtr *tp = t_adr->is_ptr();
 545 
 546     mem = step_through_mergemem(phase, mmem, tp, adr_type(), tty);
 547   }
 548 
 549   if (mem != old_mem) {
 550     set_req_X(MemNode::Memory, mem, phase);
 551     if (phase->type(mem) == Type::TOP) return NodeSentinel;
 552     return this;
 553   }
 554 
 555   // let the subclass continue analyzing...
 556   return nullptr;
 557 }
 558 
 559 // Helper function for proving some simple control dominations.
 560 // Attempt to prove that all control inputs of 'dom' dominate 'sub'.
 561 // Already assumes that 'dom' is available at 'sub', and that 'sub'
 562 // is not a constant (dominated by the method's StartNode).
 563 // Used by MemNode::find_previous_store to prove that the
 564 // control input of a memory operation predates (dominates)
 565 // an allocation it wants to look past.
 566 // Returns 'DomResult::Dominate' if all control inputs of 'dom'
 567 // dominate 'sub', 'DomResult::NotDominate' if not,
 568 // and 'DomResult::EncounteredDeadCode' if we can't decide due to
 569 // dead code, but at the end of IGVN, we know the definite result
 570 // once the dead code is cleaned up.
 571 Node::DomResult MemNode::maybe_all_controls_dominate(Node* dom, Node* sub) {
 572   if (dom == nullptr || dom->is_top() || sub == nullptr || sub->is_top()) {
 573     return DomResult::EncounteredDeadCode; // Conservative answer for dead code
 574   }
 575 
 576   // Check 'dom'. Skip Proj and CatchProj nodes.
 577   dom = dom->find_exact_control(dom);
 578   if (dom == nullptr || dom->is_top()) {
 579     return DomResult::EncounteredDeadCode; // Conservative answer for dead code
 580   }
 581 
 582   if (dom == sub) {
 583     // For the case when, for example, 'sub' is Initialize and the original
 584     // 'dom' is Proj node of the 'sub'.
 585     return DomResult::NotDominate;
 586   }
 587 
 588   if (dom->is_Con() || dom->is_Start() || dom->is_Root() || dom == sub) {
 589     return DomResult::Dominate;
 590   }
 591 
 592   // 'dom' dominates 'sub' if its control edge and control edges
 593   // of all its inputs dominate or equal to sub's control edge.
 594 
 595   // Currently 'sub' is either Allocate, Initialize or Start nodes.
 596   // Or Region for the check in LoadNode::Ideal();
 597   // 'sub' should have sub->in(0) != nullptr.
 598   assert(sub->is_Allocate() || sub->is_Initialize() || sub->is_Start() ||
 599          sub->is_Region() || sub->is_Call(), "expecting only these nodes");
 600 
 601   // Get control edge of 'sub'.
 602   Node* orig_sub = sub;
 603   sub = sub->find_exact_control(sub->in(0));
 604   if (sub == nullptr || sub->is_top()) {
 605     return DomResult::EncounteredDeadCode; // Conservative answer for dead code
 606   }
 607 
 608   assert(sub->is_CFG(), "expecting control");
 609 
 610   if (sub == dom) {
 611     return DomResult::Dominate;
 612   }
 613 
 614   if (sub->is_Start() || sub->is_Root()) {
 615     return DomResult::NotDominate;
 616   }
 617 
 618   {
 619     // Check all control edges of 'dom'.
 620 
 621     ResourceMark rm;
 622     Node_List nlist;
 623     Unique_Node_List dom_list;
 624 
 625     dom_list.push(dom);
 626     bool only_dominating_controls = false;
 627 
 628     for (uint next = 0; next < dom_list.size(); next++) {
 629       Node* n = dom_list.at(next);
 630       if (n == orig_sub) {
 631         return DomResult::NotDominate; // One of dom's inputs dominated by sub.
 632       }
 633       if (!n->is_CFG() && n->pinned()) {
 634         // Check only own control edge for pinned non-control nodes.
 635         n = n->find_exact_control(n->in(0));
 636         if (n == nullptr || n->is_top()) {
 637           return DomResult::EncounteredDeadCode; // Conservative answer for dead code
 638         }
 639         assert(n->is_CFG(), "expecting control");
 640         dom_list.push(n);
 641       } else if (n->is_Con() || n->is_Start() || n->is_Root()) {
 642         only_dominating_controls = true;
 643       } else if (n->is_CFG()) {
 644         DomResult dom_result = n->dominates(sub, nlist);
 645         if (dom_result == DomResult::Dominate) {
 646           only_dominating_controls = true;
 647         } else {
 648           return dom_result;
 649         }
 650       } else {
 651         // First, own control edge.
 652         Node* m = n->find_exact_control(n->in(0));
 653         if (m != nullptr) {
 654           if (m->is_top()) {
 655             return DomResult::EncounteredDeadCode; // Conservative answer for dead code
 656           }
 657           dom_list.push(m);
 658         }
 659         // Now, the rest of edges.
 660         uint cnt = n->req();
 661         for (uint i = 1; i < cnt; i++) {
 662           m = n->find_exact_control(n->in(i));
 663           if (m == nullptr || m->is_top()) {
 664             continue;
 665           }
 666           dom_list.push(m);
 667         }
 668       }
 669     }
 670     return only_dominating_controls ? DomResult::Dominate : DomResult::NotDominate;
 671   }
 672 }
 673 
 674 //---------------------detect_ptr_independence---------------------------------
 675 // Used by MemNode::find_previous_store to prove that two base
 676 // pointers are never equal.
 677 // The pointers are accompanied by their associated allocations,
 678 // if any, which have been previously discovered by the caller.
 679 bool MemNode::detect_ptr_independence(Node* p1, AllocateNode* a1,
 680                                       Node* p2, AllocateNode* a2,
 681                                       PhaseTransform* phase) {
 682   // Attempt to prove that these two pointers cannot be aliased.
 683   // They may both manifestly be allocations, and they should differ.
 684   // Or, if they are not both allocations, they can be distinct constants.
 685   // Otherwise, one is an allocation and the other a pre-existing value.
 686   if (a1 == nullptr && a2 == nullptr) {           // neither an allocation
 687     return (p1 != p2) && p1->is_Con() && p2->is_Con();
 688   } else if (a1 != nullptr && a2 != nullptr) {    // both allocations
 689     return (a1 != a2);
 690   } else if (a1 != nullptr) {                  // one allocation a1
 691     // (Note:  p2->is_Con implies p2->in(0)->is_Root, which dominates.)
 692     return all_controls_dominate(p2, a1);
 693   } else { //(a2 != null)                   // one allocation a2
 694     return all_controls_dominate(p1, a2);
 695   }
 696   return false;
 697 }
 698 
 699 
 700 // Find an arraycopy ac that produces the memory state represented by parameter mem.
 701 // Return ac if
 702 // (a) can_see_stored_value=true  and ac must have set the value for this load or if
 703 // (b) can_see_stored_value=false and ac could have set the value for this load or if
 704 // (c) can_see_stored_value=false and ac cannot have set the value for this load.
 705 // In case (c) change the parameter mem to the memory input of ac to skip it
 706 // when searching stored value.
 707 // Otherwise return null.
 708 Node* LoadNode::find_previous_arraycopy(PhaseValues* phase, Node* ld_alloc, Node*& mem, bool can_see_stored_value) const {
 709   ArrayCopyNode* ac = find_array_copy_clone(ld_alloc, mem);
 710   if (ac != nullptr) {
 711     Node* ld_addp = in(MemNode::Address);
 712     Node* src = ac->in(ArrayCopyNode::Src);
 713     const TypeAryPtr* ary_t = phase->type(src)->isa_aryptr();
 714 
 715     // This is a load from a cloned array. The corresponding arraycopy ac must
 716     // have set the value for the load and we can return ac but only if the load
 717     // is known to be within bounds. This is checked below.
 718     if (ary_t != nullptr && ld_addp->is_AddP()) {
 719       Node* ld_offs = ld_addp->in(AddPNode::Offset);
 720       BasicType ary_elem = ary_t->elem()->array_element_basic_type();
 721       jlong header = arrayOopDesc::base_offset_in_bytes(ary_elem);
 722       jlong elemsize = type2aelembytes(ary_elem);
 723 
 724       const TypeX*   ld_offs_t = phase->type(ld_offs)->isa_intptr_t();
 725       const TypeInt* sizetype  = ary_t->size();
 726 
 727       if (ld_offs_t->_lo >= header && ld_offs_t->_hi < (sizetype->_lo * elemsize + header)) {
 728         // The load is known to be within bounds. It receives its value from ac.
 729         return ac;
 730       }
 731       // The load is known to be out-of-bounds.
 732     }
 733     // The load could be out-of-bounds. It must not be hoisted but must remain
 734     // dependent on the runtime range check. This is achieved by returning null.
 735   } else if (mem->is_Proj() && mem->in(0) != nullptr && mem->in(0)->is_ArrayCopy()) {
 736     ArrayCopyNode* ac = mem->in(0)->as_ArrayCopy();
 737 
 738     if (ac->is_arraycopy_validated() ||
 739         ac->is_copyof_validated() ||
 740         ac->is_copyofrange_validated()) {
 741       Node* ld_addp = in(MemNode::Address);
 742       if (ld_addp->is_AddP()) {
 743         Node* ld_base = ld_addp->in(AddPNode::Address);
 744         Node* ld_offs = ld_addp->in(AddPNode::Offset);
 745 
 746         Node* dest = ac->in(ArrayCopyNode::Dest);
 747 
 748         if (dest == ld_base) {
 749           const TypeX* ld_offs_t = phase->type(ld_offs)->isa_intptr_t();
 750           assert(!ld_offs_t->empty(), "dead reference should be checked already");
 751           // Take into account vector or unsafe access size
 752           jlong ld_size_in_bytes = (jlong)memory_size();
 753           jlong offset_hi = ld_offs_t->_hi + ld_size_in_bytes - 1;
 754           offset_hi = MIN2(offset_hi, (jlong)(TypeX::MAX->_hi)); // Take care for overflow in 32-bit VM
 755           if (ac->modifies(ld_offs_t->_lo, (intptr_t)offset_hi, phase, can_see_stored_value)) {
 756             return ac;
 757           }
 758           if (!can_see_stored_value) {
 759             mem = ac->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 760             return ac;
 761           }
 762         }
 763       }
 764     }
 765   }
 766   return nullptr;
 767 }
 768 
 769 ArrayCopyNode* MemNode::find_array_copy_clone(Node* ld_alloc, Node* mem) const {
 770   if (mem->is_Proj() && mem->in(0) != nullptr && (mem->in(0)->Opcode() == Op_MemBarStoreStore ||
 771                                                mem->in(0)->Opcode() == Op_MemBarCPUOrder)) {
 772     if (ld_alloc != nullptr) {
 773       // Check if there is an array copy for a clone
 774       Node* mb = mem->in(0);
 775       ArrayCopyNode* ac = nullptr;
 776       if (mb->in(0) != nullptr && mb->in(0)->is_Proj() &&
 777           mb->in(0)->in(0) != nullptr && mb->in(0)->in(0)->is_ArrayCopy()) {
 778         ac = mb->in(0)->in(0)->as_ArrayCopy();
 779       } else {
 780         // Step over GC barrier when ReduceInitialCardMarks is disabled
 781         BarrierSetC2* bs = BarrierSet::barrier_set()->barrier_set_c2();
 782         Node* control_proj_ac = bs->step_over_gc_barrier(mb->in(0));
 783 
 784         if (control_proj_ac->is_Proj() && control_proj_ac->in(0)->is_ArrayCopy()) {
 785           ac = control_proj_ac->in(0)->as_ArrayCopy();
 786         }
 787       }
 788 
 789       if (ac != nullptr && ac->is_clonebasic()) {
 790         AllocateNode* alloc = AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(ac->in(ArrayCopyNode::Dest));
 791         if (alloc != nullptr && alloc == ld_alloc) {
 792           return ac;
 793         }
 794       }
 795     }
 796   }
 797   return nullptr;
 798 }
 799 
 800 // The logic for reordering loads and stores uses four steps:
 801 // (a) Walk carefully past stores and initializations which we
 802 //     can prove are independent of this load.
 803 // (b) Observe that the next memory state makes an exact match
 804 //     with self (load or store), and locate the relevant store.
 805 // (c) Ensure that, if we were to wire self directly to the store,
 806 //     the optimizer would fold it up somehow.
 807 // (d) Do the rewiring, and return, depending on some other part of
 808 //     the optimizer to fold up the load.
 809 // This routine handles steps (a) and (b).  Steps (c) and (d) are
 810 // specific to loads and stores, so they are handled by the callers.
 811 // (Currently, only LoadNode::Ideal has steps (c), (d).  More later.)
 812 //
 813 Node* MemNode::find_previous_store(PhaseValues* phase) {
 814   Node*         ctrl   = in(MemNode::Control);
 815   Node*         adr    = in(MemNode::Address);
 816   intptr_t      offset = 0;
 817   Node*         base   = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(adr, phase, offset);
 818   AllocateNode* alloc  = AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(base);
 819 
 820   if (offset == Type::OffsetBot)
 821     return nullptr;            // cannot unalias unless there are precise offsets
 822 
 823   const bool adr_maybe_raw = check_if_adr_maybe_raw(adr);
 824   const TypeOopPtr *addr_t = adr->bottom_type()->isa_oopptr();
 825 
 826   intptr_t size_in_bytes = memory_size();
 827 
 828   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);   // start searching here...
 829 
 830   int cnt = 50;             // Cycle limiter
 831   for (;;) {                // While we can dance past unrelated stores...
 832     if (--cnt < 0)  break;  // Caught in cycle or a complicated dance?
 833 
 834     Node* prev = mem;
 835     if (mem->is_Store()) {
 836       Node* st_adr = mem->in(MemNode::Address);
 837       intptr_t st_offset = 0;
 838       Node* st_base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(st_adr, phase, st_offset);
 839       if (st_base == nullptr)
 840         break;              // inscrutable pointer
 841 
 842       // For raw accesses it's not enough to prove that constant offsets don't intersect.
 843       // We need the bases to be the equal in order for the offset check to make sense.
 844       if ((adr_maybe_raw || check_if_adr_maybe_raw(st_adr)) && st_base != base) {
 845         break;
 846       }
 847 
 848       if (st_offset != offset && st_offset != Type::OffsetBot) {
 849         const int MAX_STORE = MAX2(BytesPerLong, (int)MaxVectorSize);
 850         assert(mem->as_Store()->memory_size() <= MAX_STORE, "");
 851         if (st_offset >= offset + size_in_bytes ||
 852             st_offset <= offset - MAX_STORE ||
 853             st_offset <= offset - mem->as_Store()->memory_size()) {
 854           // Success:  The offsets are provably independent.
 855           // (You may ask, why not just test st_offset != offset and be done?
 856           // The answer is that stores of different sizes can co-exist
 857           // in the same sequence of RawMem effects.  We sometimes initialize
 858           // a whole 'tile' of array elements with a single jint or jlong.)
 859           mem = mem->in(MemNode::Memory);
 860           continue;           // (a) advance through independent store memory
 861         }
 862       }
 863       if (st_base != base &&
 864           detect_ptr_independence(base, alloc,
 865                                   st_base,
 866                                   AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(st_base),
 867                                   phase)) {
 868         // Success:  The bases are provably independent.
 869         mem = mem->in(MemNode::Memory);
 870         continue;           // (a) advance through independent store memory
 871       }
 872 
 873       // (b) At this point, if the bases or offsets do not agree, we lose,
 874       // since we have not managed to prove 'this' and 'mem' independent.
 875       if (st_base == base && st_offset == offset) {
 876         return mem;         // let caller handle steps (c), (d)
 877       }
 878 
 879     } else if (mem->is_Proj() && mem->in(0)->is_Initialize()) {
 880       InitializeNode* st_init = mem->in(0)->as_Initialize();
 881       AllocateNode*  st_alloc = st_init->allocation();
 882       if (st_alloc == nullptr) {
 883         break;              // something degenerated
 884       }
 885       bool known_identical = false;
 886       bool known_independent = false;
 887       if (alloc == st_alloc) {
 888         known_identical = true;
 889       } else if (alloc != nullptr) {
 890         known_independent = true;
 891       } else if (all_controls_dominate(this, st_alloc)) {
 892         known_independent = true;
 893       }
 894 
 895       if (known_independent) {
 896         // The bases are provably independent: Either they are
 897         // manifestly distinct allocations, or else the control
 898         // of this load dominates the store's allocation.
 899         int alias_idx = phase->C->get_alias_index(adr_type());
 900         if (alias_idx == Compile::AliasIdxRaw) {
 901           mem = st_alloc->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 902         } else {
 903           mem = st_init->memory(alias_idx);
 904         }
 905         continue;           // (a) advance through independent store memory
 906       }
 907 
 908       // (b) at this point, if we are not looking at a store initializing
 909       // the same allocation we are loading from, we lose.
 910       if (known_identical) {
 911         // From caller, can_see_stored_value will consult find_captured_store.
 912         return mem;         // let caller handle steps (c), (d)
 913       }
 914 
 915     } else if (find_previous_arraycopy(phase, alloc, mem, false) != nullptr) {
 916       if (prev != mem) {
 917         // Found an arraycopy but it doesn't affect that load
 918         continue;
 919       }
 920       // Found an arraycopy that may affect that load
 921       return mem;
 922     } else if (addr_t != nullptr && addr_t->is_known_instance_field()) {
 923       // Can't use optimize_simple_memory_chain() since it needs PhaseGVN.
 924       if (mem->is_Proj() && mem->in(0)->is_Call()) {
 925         // ArrayCopyNodes processed here as well.
 926         CallNode *call = mem->in(0)->as_Call();
 927         if (!call->may_modify(addr_t, phase)) {
 928           mem = call->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 929           continue;         // (a) advance through independent call memory
 930         }
 931       } else if (mem->is_Proj() && mem->in(0)->is_MemBar()) {
 932         ArrayCopyNode* ac = nullptr;
 933         if (ArrayCopyNode::may_modify(addr_t, mem->in(0)->as_MemBar(), phase, ac)) {
 934           break;
 935         }
 936         mem = mem->in(0)->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
 937         continue;           // (a) advance through independent MemBar memory
 938       } else if (mem->is_ClearArray()) {
 939         if (ClearArrayNode::step_through(&mem, (uint)addr_t->instance_id(), phase)) {
 940           // (the call updated 'mem' value)
 941           continue;         // (a) advance through independent allocation memory
 942         } else {
 943           // Can not bypass initialization of the instance
 944           // we are looking for.
 945           return mem;
 946         }
 947       } else if (mem->is_MergeMem()) {
 948         int alias_idx = phase->C->get_alias_index(adr_type());
 949         mem = mem->as_MergeMem()->memory_at(alias_idx);
 950         continue;           // (a) advance through independent MergeMem memory
 951       }
 952     }
 953 
 954     // Unless there is an explicit 'continue', we must bail out here,
 955     // because 'mem' is an inscrutable memory state (e.g., a call).
 956     break;
 957   }
 958 
 959   return nullptr;              // bail out
 960 }
 961 
 962 //----------------------calculate_adr_type-------------------------------------
 963 // Helper function.  Notices when the given type of address hits top or bottom.
 964 // Also, asserts a cross-check of the type against the expected address type.
 965 const TypePtr* MemNode::calculate_adr_type(const Type* t, const TypePtr* cross_check) {
 966   if (t == Type::TOP)  return nullptr; // does not touch memory any more?
 967   #ifdef ASSERT
 968   if (!VerifyAliases || VMError::is_error_reported() || Node::in_dump())  cross_check = nullptr;
 969   #endif
 970   const TypePtr* tp = t->isa_ptr();
 971   if (tp == nullptr) {
 972     assert(cross_check == nullptr || cross_check == TypePtr::BOTTOM, "expected memory type must be wide");
 973     return TypePtr::BOTTOM;           // touches lots of memory
 974   } else {
 975     #ifdef ASSERT
 976     // %%%% [phh] We don't check the alias index if cross_check is
 977     //            TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM.  Needs to be investigated.
 978     if (cross_check != nullptr &&
 979         cross_check != TypePtr::BOTTOM &&
 980         cross_check != TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM) {
 981       // Recheck the alias index, to see if it has changed (due to a bug).
 982       Compile* C = Compile::current();
 983       assert(C->get_alias_index(cross_check) == C->get_alias_index(tp),
 984              "must stay in the original alias category");
 985       // The type of the address must be contained in the adr_type,
 986       // disregarding "null"-ness.
 987       // (We make an exception for TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM, which is a bit bucket.)
 988       const TypePtr* tp_notnull = tp->join(TypePtr::NOTNULL)->is_ptr();
 989       assert(cross_check->meet(tp_notnull) == cross_check->remove_speculative(),
 990              "real address must not escape from expected memory type");
 991     }
 992     #endif
 993     return tp;
 994   }
 995 }
 996 
 997 uint8_t MemNode::barrier_data(const Node* n) {
 998   if (n->is_LoadStore()) {
 999     return n->as_LoadStore()->barrier_data();
1000   } else if (n->is_Mem()) {
1001     return n->as_Mem()->barrier_data();
1002   }
1003   return 0;
1004 }
1005 
1006 //=============================================================================
1007 // Should LoadNode::Ideal() attempt to remove control edges?
1008 bool LoadNode::can_remove_control() const {
1009   return !has_pinned_control_dependency();
1010 }
1011 uint LoadNode::size_of() const { return sizeof(*this); }
1012 bool LoadNode::cmp(const Node &n) const {
1013   LoadNode& load = (LoadNode &)n;
1014   return Type::equals(_type, load._type) &&
1015          _control_dependency == load._control_dependency &&
1016          _mo == load._mo;
1017 }
1018 const Type *LoadNode::bottom_type() const { return _type; }
1019 uint LoadNode::ideal_reg() const {
1020   return _type->ideal_reg();
1021 }
1022 
1023 #ifndef PRODUCT
1024 void LoadNode::dump_spec(outputStream *st) const {
1025   MemNode::dump_spec(st);
1026   if( !Verbose && !WizardMode ) {
1027     // standard dump does this in Verbose and WizardMode
1028     st->print(" #"); _type->dump_on(st);
1029   }
1030   if (in(0) != nullptr && !depends_only_on_test()) {
1031     st->print(" (does not depend only on test, ");
1032     if (control_dependency() == UnknownControl) {
1033       st->print("unknown control");
1034     } else if (control_dependency() == Pinned) {
1035       st->print("pinned");
1036     } else if (adr_type() == TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM) {
1037       st->print("raw access");
1038     } else {
1039       st->print("unknown reason");
1040     }
1041     st->print(")");
1042   }
1043 }
1044 #endif
1045 
1046 #ifdef ASSERT
1047 //----------------------------is_immutable_value-------------------------------
1048 // Helper function to allow a raw load without control edge for some cases
1049 bool LoadNode::is_immutable_value(Node* adr) {
1050   if (adr->is_AddP() && adr->in(AddPNode::Base)->is_top() &&
1051       adr->in(AddPNode::Address)->Opcode() == Op_ThreadLocal) {
1052 
1053     jlong offset = adr->in(AddPNode::Offset)->find_intptr_t_con(-1);
1054     int offsets[] = {
1055       in_bytes(JavaThread::osthread_offset()),
1056       in_bytes(JavaThread::threadObj_offset()),
1057       in_bytes(JavaThread::vthread_offset()),
1058       in_bytes(JavaThread::scopedValueCache_offset()),
1059     };
1060 
1061     for (size_t i = 0; i < sizeof offsets / sizeof offsets[0]; i++) {
1062       if (offset == offsets[i]) {
1063         return true;
1064       }
1065     }
1066   }
1067 
1068   return false;
1069 }
1070 #endif
1071 
1072 //----------------------------LoadNode::make-----------------------------------
1073 // Polymorphic factory method:
1074 Node* LoadNode::make(PhaseGVN& gvn, Node* ctl, Node* mem, Node* adr, const TypePtr* adr_type, const Type* rt, BasicType bt, MemOrd mo,
1075                      ControlDependency control_dependency, bool require_atomic_access, bool unaligned, bool mismatched, bool unsafe, uint8_t barrier_data) {
1076   Compile* C = gvn.C;
1077 
1078   // sanity check the alias category against the created node type
1079   assert(!(adr_type->isa_oopptr() &&
1080            adr_type->offset() == oopDesc::klass_offset_in_bytes()),
1081          "use LoadKlassNode instead");
1082   assert(!(adr_type->isa_aryptr() &&
1083            adr_type->offset() == arrayOopDesc::length_offset_in_bytes()),
1084          "use LoadRangeNode instead");
1085   // Check control edge of raw loads
1086   assert( ctl != nullptr || C->get_alias_index(adr_type) != Compile::AliasIdxRaw ||
1087           // oop will be recorded in oop map if load crosses safepoint
1088           rt->isa_oopptr() || is_immutable_value(adr),
1089           "raw memory operations should have control edge");
1090   LoadNode* load = nullptr;
1091   switch (bt) {
1092   case T_BOOLEAN: load = new LoadUBNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt->is_int(),  mo, control_dependency); break;
1093   case T_BYTE:    load = new LoadBNode (ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt->is_int(),  mo, control_dependency); break;
1094   case T_INT:     load = new LoadINode (ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt->is_int(),  mo, control_dependency); break;
1095   case T_CHAR:    load = new LoadUSNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt->is_int(),  mo, control_dependency); break;
1096   case T_SHORT:   load = new LoadSNode (ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt->is_int(),  mo, control_dependency); break;
1097   case T_LONG:    load = new LoadLNode (ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt->is_long(), mo, control_dependency, require_atomic_access); break;
1098   case T_FLOAT:   load = new LoadFNode (ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt,            mo, control_dependency); break;
1099   case T_DOUBLE:  load = new LoadDNode (ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt,            mo, control_dependency, require_atomic_access); break;
1100   case T_ADDRESS: load = new LoadPNode (ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt->is_ptr(),  mo, control_dependency); break;
1101   case T_ARRAY:
1102   case T_OBJECT:
1103   case T_NARROWOOP:
1104 #ifdef _LP64
1105     if (adr->bottom_type()->is_ptr_to_narrowoop()) {
1106       load = new LoadNNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt->make_narrowoop(), mo, control_dependency);
1107     } else
1108 #endif
1109     {
1110       assert(!adr->bottom_type()->is_ptr_to_narrowoop() && !adr->bottom_type()->is_ptr_to_narrowklass(), "should have got back a narrow oop");
1111       load = new LoadPNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, rt->is_ptr(), mo, control_dependency);
1112     }
1113     break;
1114   default:
1115     guarantee(false, "unexpected basic type %s", type2name(bt));
1116     break;
1117   }
1118   assert(load != nullptr, "LoadNode should have been created");
1119   if (unaligned) {
1120     load->set_unaligned_access();
1121   }
1122   if (mismatched) {
1123     load->set_mismatched_access();
1124   }
1125   if (unsafe) {
1126     load->set_unsafe_access();
1127   }
1128   load->set_barrier_data(barrier_data);
1129   if (load->Opcode() == Op_LoadN) {
1130     Node* ld = gvn.transform(load);
1131     return new DecodeNNode(ld, ld->bottom_type()->make_ptr());
1132   }
1133 
1134   return load;
1135 }
1136 
1137 //------------------------------hash-------------------------------------------
1138 uint LoadNode::hash() const {
1139   // unroll addition of interesting fields
1140   return (uintptr_t)in(Control) + (uintptr_t)in(Memory) + (uintptr_t)in(Address);
1141 }
1142 
1143 static bool skip_through_membars(Compile::AliasType* atp, const TypeInstPtr* tp, bool eliminate_boxing) {
1144   if ((atp != nullptr) && (atp->index() >= Compile::AliasIdxRaw)) {
1145     bool non_volatile = (atp->field() != nullptr) && !atp->field()->is_volatile();
1146     bool is_stable_ary = FoldStableValues &&
1147                          (tp != nullptr) && (tp->isa_aryptr() != nullptr) &&
1148                          tp->isa_aryptr()->is_stable();
1149 
1150     return (eliminate_boxing && non_volatile) || is_stable_ary || tp->is_inlinetypeptr();
1151   }
1152 
1153   return false;
1154 }
1155 
1156 // Is the value loaded previously stored by an arraycopy? If so return
1157 // a load node that reads from the source array so we may be able to
1158 // optimize out the ArrayCopy node later.
1159 Node* LoadNode::can_see_arraycopy_value(Node* st, PhaseGVN* phase) const {
1160   Node* ld_adr = in(MemNode::Address);
1161   intptr_t ld_off = 0;
1162   AllocateNode* ld_alloc = AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(ld_adr, phase, ld_off);
1163   Node* ac = find_previous_arraycopy(phase, ld_alloc, st, true);
1164   if (ac != nullptr) {
1165     assert(ac->is_ArrayCopy(), "what kind of node can this be?");
1166 
1167     Node* mem = ac->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
1168     Node* ctl = ac->in(0);
1169     Node* src = ac->in(ArrayCopyNode::Src);
1170 
1171     if (!ac->as_ArrayCopy()->is_clonebasic() && !phase->type(src)->isa_aryptr()) {
1172       return nullptr;
1173     }
1174 
1175     // load depends on the tests that validate the arraycopy
1176     LoadNode* ld = clone_pinned();
1177     Node* addp = in(MemNode::Address)->clone();
1178     if (ac->as_ArrayCopy()->is_clonebasic()) {
1179       assert(ld_alloc != nullptr, "need an alloc");
1180       assert(addp->is_AddP(), "address must be addp");
1181       BarrierSetC2* bs = BarrierSet::barrier_set()->barrier_set_c2();
1182       assert(bs->step_over_gc_barrier(addp->in(AddPNode::Base)) == bs->step_over_gc_barrier(ac->in(ArrayCopyNode::Dest)), "strange pattern");
1183       assert(bs->step_over_gc_barrier(addp->in(AddPNode::Address)) == bs->step_over_gc_barrier(ac->in(ArrayCopyNode::Dest)), "strange pattern");
1184       addp->set_req(AddPNode::Base, src);
1185       addp->set_req(AddPNode::Address, src);
1186     } else {
1187       assert(ac->as_ArrayCopy()->is_arraycopy_validated() ||
1188              ac->as_ArrayCopy()->is_copyof_validated() ||
1189              ac->as_ArrayCopy()->is_copyofrange_validated(), "only supported cases");
1190       assert(addp->in(AddPNode::Base) == addp->in(AddPNode::Address), "should be");
1191       addp->set_req(AddPNode::Base, src);
1192       addp->set_req(AddPNode::Address, src);
1193 
1194       const TypeAryPtr* ary_t = phase->type(in(MemNode::Address))->isa_aryptr();
1195       BasicType ary_elem = ary_t->isa_aryptr()->elem()->array_element_basic_type();
1196       if (is_reference_type(ary_elem, true)) ary_elem = T_OBJECT;
1197 
1198       uint shift  = ary_t->is_flat() ? ary_t->flat_log_elem_size() : exact_log2(type2aelembytes(ary_elem));
1199 
1200       Node* diff = phase->transform(new SubINode(ac->in(ArrayCopyNode::SrcPos), ac->in(ArrayCopyNode::DestPos)));
1201 #ifdef _LP64
1202       diff = phase->transform(new ConvI2LNode(diff));
1203 #endif
1204       diff = phase->transform(new LShiftXNode(diff, phase->intcon(shift)));
1205 
1206       Node* offset = phase->transform(new AddXNode(addp->in(AddPNode::Offset), diff));
1207       addp->set_req(AddPNode::Offset, offset);
1208     }
1209     addp = phase->transform(addp);
1210 #ifdef ASSERT
1211     const TypePtr* adr_type = phase->type(addp)->is_ptr();
1212     ld->_adr_type = adr_type;
1213 #endif
1214     ld->set_req(MemNode::Address, addp);
1215     ld->set_req(0, ctl);
1216     ld->set_req(MemNode::Memory, mem);
1217     return ld;
1218   }
1219   return nullptr;
1220 }
1221 
1222 static Node* see_through_inline_type(PhaseValues* phase, const MemNode* load, Node* base, int offset) {
1223   if (!load->is_mismatched_access() && base != nullptr && base->is_InlineType() && offset > oopDesc::klass_offset_in_bytes()) {
1224     InlineTypeNode* vt = base->as_InlineType();
1225     Node* value = vt->field_value_by_offset(offset, true);
1226     assert(value != nullptr, "must see some value");
1227     return value;
1228   }
1229 
1230   return nullptr;
1231 }
1232 
1233 //---------------------------can_see_stored_value------------------------------
1234 // This routine exists to make sure this set of tests is done the same
1235 // everywhere.  We need to make a coordinated change: first LoadNode::Ideal
1236 // will change the graph shape in a way which makes memory alive twice at the
1237 // same time (uses the Oracle model of aliasing), then some
1238 // LoadXNode::Identity will fold things back to the equivalence-class model
1239 // of aliasing.
1240 // This method may find an unencoded node instead of the corresponding encoded one.
1241 Node* MemNode::can_see_stored_value(Node* st, PhaseValues* phase) const {
1242   Node* ld_adr = in(MemNode::Address);
1243   intptr_t ld_off = 0;
1244   Node* ld_base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(ld_adr, phase, ld_off);
1245   // Try to see through an InlineTypeNode
1246   // LoadN is special because the input is not compressed
1247   if (Opcode() != Op_LoadN) {
1248     Node* value = see_through_inline_type(phase, this, ld_base, ld_off);
1249     if (value != nullptr) {
1250       return value;
1251     }
1252   }
1253 
1254   Node* ld_alloc = AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(ld_base);
1255   const TypeInstPtr* tp = phase->type(ld_adr)->isa_instptr();
1256   Compile::AliasType* atp = (tp != nullptr) ? phase->C->alias_type(tp) : nullptr;
1257   // This is more general than load from boxing objects.
1258   if (skip_through_membars(atp, tp, phase->C->eliminate_boxing())) {
1259     uint alias_idx = atp->index();
1260     Node* result = nullptr;
1261     Node* current = st;
1262     // Skip through chains of MemBarNodes checking the MergeMems for
1263     // new states for the slice of this load.  Stop once any other
1264     // kind of node is encountered.  Loads from final memory can skip
1265     // through any kind of MemBar but normal loads shouldn't skip
1266     // through MemBarAcquire since the could allow them to move out of
1267     // a synchronized region. It is not safe to step over MemBarCPUOrder,
1268     // because alias info above them may be inaccurate (e.g., due to
1269     // mixed/mismatched unsafe accesses).
1270     bool is_final_mem = !atp->is_rewritable();
1271     while (current->is_Proj()) {
1272       int opc = current->in(0)->Opcode();
1273       if ((is_final_mem && (opc == Op_MemBarAcquire ||
1274                             opc == Op_MemBarAcquireLock ||
1275                             opc == Op_LoadFence)) ||
1276           opc == Op_MemBarRelease ||
1277           opc == Op_StoreFence ||
1278           opc == Op_MemBarReleaseLock ||
1279           opc == Op_MemBarStoreStore ||
1280           opc == Op_StoreStoreFence) {
1281         Node* mem = current->in(0)->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
1282         if (mem->is_MergeMem()) {
1283           MergeMemNode* merge = mem->as_MergeMem();
1284           Node* new_st = merge->memory_at(alias_idx);
1285           if (new_st == merge->base_memory()) {
1286             // Keep searching
1287             current = new_st;
1288             continue;
1289           }
1290           // Save the new memory state for the slice and fall through
1291           // to exit.
1292           result = new_st;
1293         }
1294       }
1295       break;
1296     }
1297     if (result != nullptr) {
1298       st = result;
1299     }
1300   }
1301 
1302   // Loop around twice in the case Load -> Initialize -> Store.
1303   // (See PhaseIterGVN::add_users_to_worklist, which knows about this case.)
1304   for (int trip = 0; trip <= 1; trip++) {
1305 
1306     if (st->is_Store()) {
1307       Node* st_adr = st->in(MemNode::Address);
1308       if (st_adr != ld_adr) {
1309         // Try harder before giving up. Unify base pointers with casts (e.g., raw/non-raw pointers).
1310         intptr_t st_off = 0;
1311         Node* st_base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(st_adr, phase, st_off);
1312         if (ld_base == nullptr)                                return nullptr;
1313         if (st_base == nullptr)                                return nullptr;
1314         if (!ld_base->eqv_uncast(st_base, /*keep_deps=*/true)) return nullptr;
1315         if (ld_off != st_off)                                  return nullptr;
1316         if (ld_off == Type::OffsetBot)                         return nullptr;
1317         // Same base, same offset.
1318         // Possible improvement for arrays: check index value instead of absolute offset.
1319 
1320         // At this point we have proven something like this setup:
1321         //   B = << base >>
1322         //   L =  LoadQ(AddP(Check/CastPP(B), #Off))
1323         //   S = StoreQ(AddP(             B , #Off), V)
1324         // (Actually, we haven't yet proven the Q's are the same.)
1325         // In other words, we are loading from a casted version of
1326         // the same pointer-and-offset that we stored to.
1327         // Casted version may carry a dependency and it is respected.
1328         // Thus, we are able to replace L by V.
1329       }
1330       // Now prove that we have a LoadQ matched to a StoreQ, for some Q.
1331       if (store_Opcode() != st->Opcode()) {
1332         return nullptr;
1333       }
1334       // LoadVector/StoreVector needs additional check to ensure the types match.
1335       if (st->is_StoreVector()) {
1336         const TypeVect*  in_vt = st->as_StoreVector()->vect_type();
1337         const TypeVect* out_vt = is_Load() ? as_LoadVector()->vect_type() : as_StoreVector()->vect_type();
1338         if (in_vt != out_vt) {
1339           return nullptr;
1340         }
1341       }
1342       return st->in(MemNode::ValueIn);
1343     }
1344 
1345     // A load from a freshly-created object always returns zero.
1346     // (This can happen after LoadNode::Ideal resets the load's memory input
1347     // to find_captured_store, which returned InitializeNode::zero_memory.)
1348     if (st->is_Proj() && st->in(0)->is_Allocate() &&
1349         (st->in(0) == ld_alloc) &&
1350         (ld_off >= st->in(0)->as_Allocate()->minimum_header_size())) {
1351       // return a zero value for the load's basic type
1352       // (This is one of the few places where a generic PhaseTransform
1353       // can create new nodes.  Think of it as lazily manifesting
1354       // virtually pre-existing constants.)
1355       Node* init_value = ld_alloc->in(AllocateNode::InitValue);
1356       if (init_value != nullptr) {
1357         const TypeAryPtr* ld_adr_type = phase->type(ld_adr)->isa_aryptr();
1358         if (ld_adr_type == nullptr) {
1359           return nullptr;
1360         }
1361 
1362         // We know that this is not a flat array, the load should return the whole oop
1363         if (ld_adr_type->is_not_flat()) {
1364           return init_value;
1365         }
1366 
1367         // If this is a flat array, try to see through init_value
1368         if (init_value->is_EncodeP()) {
1369           init_value = init_value->in(1);
1370         }
1371         if (!init_value->is_InlineType() || ld_adr_type->field_offset() == Type::Offset::bottom) {
1372           return nullptr;
1373         }
1374 
1375         ciInlineKlass* vk = phase->type(init_value)->inline_klass();
1376         int field_offset_in_payload = ld_adr_type->field_offset().get();
1377         if (field_offset_in_payload == vk->null_marker_offset_in_payload()) {
1378           return init_value->as_InlineType()->get_null_marker();
1379         } else {
1380           return init_value->as_InlineType()->field_value_by_offset(field_offset_in_payload + vk->payload_offset(), true);
1381         }
1382       }
1383       assert(ld_alloc->in(AllocateNode::RawInitValue) == nullptr, "init value may not be null");
1384       if (value_basic_type() != T_VOID) {
1385         if (ReduceBulkZeroing || find_array_copy_clone(ld_alloc, in(MemNode::Memory)) == nullptr) {
1386           // If ReduceBulkZeroing is disabled, we need to check if the allocation does not belong to an
1387           // ArrayCopyNode clone. If it does, then we cannot assume zero since the initialization is done
1388           // by the ArrayCopyNode.
1389           return phase->zerocon(value_basic_type());
1390         }
1391       } else {
1392         // TODO: materialize all-zero vector constant
1393         assert(!isa_Load() || as_Load()->type()->isa_vect(), "");
1394       }
1395     }
1396 
1397     // A load from an initialization barrier can match a captured store.
1398     if (st->is_Proj() && st->in(0)->is_Initialize()) {
1399       InitializeNode* init = st->in(0)->as_Initialize();
1400       AllocateNode* alloc = init->allocation();
1401       if ((alloc != nullptr) && (alloc == ld_alloc)) {
1402         // examine a captured store value
1403         st = init->find_captured_store(ld_off, memory_size(), phase);
1404         if (st != nullptr) {
1405           continue;             // take one more trip around
1406         }
1407       }
1408     }
1409 
1410     // Load boxed value from result of valueOf() call is input parameter.
1411     if (this->is_Load() && ld_adr->is_AddP() &&
1412         (tp != nullptr) && tp->is_ptr_to_boxed_value()) {
1413       intptr_t ignore = 0;
1414       Node* base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(ld_adr, phase, ignore);
1415       BarrierSetC2* bs = BarrierSet::barrier_set()->barrier_set_c2();
1416       base = bs->step_over_gc_barrier(base);
1417       if (base != nullptr && base->is_Proj() &&
1418           base->as_Proj()->_con == TypeFunc::Parms &&
1419           base->in(0)->is_CallStaticJava() &&
1420           base->in(0)->as_CallStaticJava()->is_boxing_method()) {
1421         return base->in(0)->in(TypeFunc::Parms);
1422       }
1423     }
1424 
1425     break;
1426   }
1427 
1428   return nullptr;
1429 }
1430 
1431 //----------------------is_instance_field_load_with_local_phi------------------
1432 bool LoadNode::is_instance_field_load_with_local_phi(Node* ctrl) {
1433   if( in(Memory)->is_Phi() && in(Memory)->in(0) == ctrl &&
1434       in(Address)->is_AddP() ) {
1435     const TypeOopPtr* t_oop = in(Address)->bottom_type()->isa_oopptr();
1436     // Only known instances and immutable fields
1437     if( t_oop != nullptr &&
1438         (t_oop->is_ptr_to_strict_final_field() ||
1439          t_oop->is_known_instance_field()) &&
1440         t_oop->offset() != Type::OffsetBot &&
1441         t_oop->offset() != Type::OffsetTop) {
1442       return true;
1443     }
1444   }
1445   return false;
1446 }
1447 
1448 //------------------------------Identity---------------------------------------
1449 // Loads are identity if previous store is to same address
1450 Node* LoadNode::Identity(PhaseGVN* phase) {
1451   // If the previous store-maker is the right kind of Store, and the store is
1452   // to the same address, then we are equal to the value stored.
1453   Node* mem = in(Memory);
1454   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem, phase);
1455   if( value ) {
1456     // byte, short & char stores truncate naturally.
1457     // A load has to load the truncated value which requires
1458     // some sort of masking operation and that requires an
1459     // Ideal call instead of an Identity call.
1460     if (memory_size() < BytesPerInt) {
1461       // If the input to the store does not fit with the load's result type,
1462       // it must be truncated via an Ideal call.
1463       if (!phase->type(value)->higher_equal(phase->type(this)))
1464         return this;
1465     }
1466 
1467     if (phase->type(value)->isa_ptr() && phase->type(this)->isa_narrowoop()) {
1468       return this;
1469     }
1470     // (This works even when value is a Con, but LoadNode::Value
1471     // usually runs first, producing the singleton type of the Con.)
1472     if (!has_pinned_control_dependency() || value->is_Con()) {
1473       return value;
1474     } else {
1475       return this;
1476     }
1477   }
1478 
1479   if (has_pinned_control_dependency()) {
1480     return this;
1481   }
1482   // Search for an existing data phi which was generated before for the same
1483   // instance's field to avoid infinite generation of phis in a loop.
1484   Node *region = mem->in(0);
1485   if (is_instance_field_load_with_local_phi(region)) {
1486     const TypeOopPtr *addr_t = in(Address)->bottom_type()->isa_oopptr();
1487     int this_index  = phase->C->get_alias_index(addr_t);
1488     int this_offset = addr_t->offset();
1489     int this_iid    = addr_t->instance_id();
1490     if (!addr_t->is_known_instance() &&
1491          addr_t->is_ptr_to_strict_final_field()) {
1492       // Use _idx of address base (could be Phi node) for immutable fields in unknown instances
1493       intptr_t   ignore = 0;
1494       Node*      base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(in(Address), phase, ignore);
1495       if (base == nullptr) {
1496         return this;
1497       }
1498       this_iid = base->_idx;
1499     }
1500     const Type* this_type = bottom_type();
1501     for (DUIterator_Fast imax, i = region->fast_outs(imax); i < imax; i++) {
1502       Node* phi = region->fast_out(i);
1503       if (phi->is_Phi() && phi != mem &&
1504           phi->as_Phi()->is_same_inst_field(this_type, (int)mem->_idx, this_iid, this_index, this_offset)) {
1505         return phi;
1506       }
1507     }
1508   }
1509 
1510   return this;
1511 }
1512 
1513 // Construct an equivalent unsigned load.
1514 Node* LoadNode::convert_to_unsigned_load(PhaseGVN& gvn) {
1515   BasicType bt = T_ILLEGAL;
1516   const Type* rt = nullptr;
1517   switch (Opcode()) {
1518     case Op_LoadUB: return this;
1519     case Op_LoadUS: return this;
1520     case Op_LoadB: bt = T_BOOLEAN; rt = TypeInt::UBYTE; break;
1521     case Op_LoadS: bt = T_CHAR;    rt = TypeInt::CHAR;  break;
1522     default:
1523       assert(false, "no unsigned variant: %s", Name());
1524       return nullptr;
1525   }
1526   return LoadNode::make(gvn, in(MemNode::Control), in(MemNode::Memory), in(MemNode::Address),
1527                         raw_adr_type(), rt, bt, _mo, _control_dependency,
1528                         false /*require_atomic_access*/, is_unaligned_access(), is_mismatched_access());
1529 }
1530 
1531 // Construct an equivalent signed load.
1532 Node* LoadNode::convert_to_signed_load(PhaseGVN& gvn) {
1533   BasicType bt = T_ILLEGAL;
1534   const Type* rt = nullptr;
1535   switch (Opcode()) {
1536     case Op_LoadUB: bt = T_BYTE;  rt = TypeInt::BYTE;  break;
1537     case Op_LoadUS: bt = T_SHORT; rt = TypeInt::SHORT; break;
1538     case Op_LoadB: // fall through
1539     case Op_LoadS: // fall through
1540     case Op_LoadI: // fall through
1541     case Op_LoadL: return this;
1542     default:
1543       assert(false, "no signed variant: %s", Name());
1544       return nullptr;
1545   }
1546   return LoadNode::make(gvn, in(MemNode::Control), in(MemNode::Memory), in(MemNode::Address),
1547                         raw_adr_type(), rt, bt, _mo, _control_dependency,
1548                         false /*require_atomic_access*/, is_unaligned_access(), is_mismatched_access());
1549 }
1550 
1551 bool LoadNode::has_reinterpret_variant(const Type* rt) {
1552   BasicType bt = rt->basic_type();
1553   switch (Opcode()) {
1554     case Op_LoadI: return (bt == T_FLOAT);
1555     case Op_LoadL: return (bt == T_DOUBLE);
1556     case Op_LoadF: return (bt == T_INT);
1557     case Op_LoadD: return (bt == T_LONG);
1558 
1559     default: return false;
1560   }
1561 }
1562 
1563 Node* LoadNode::convert_to_reinterpret_load(PhaseGVN& gvn, const Type* rt) {
1564   BasicType bt = rt->basic_type();
1565   assert(has_reinterpret_variant(rt), "no reinterpret variant: %s %s", Name(), type2name(bt));
1566   bool is_mismatched = is_mismatched_access();
1567   const TypeRawPtr* raw_type = gvn.type(in(MemNode::Memory))->isa_rawptr();
1568   if (raw_type == nullptr) {
1569     is_mismatched = true; // conservatively match all non-raw accesses as mismatched
1570   }
1571   const int op = Opcode();
1572   bool require_atomic_access = (op == Op_LoadL && ((LoadLNode*)this)->require_atomic_access()) ||
1573                                (op == Op_LoadD && ((LoadDNode*)this)->require_atomic_access());
1574   return LoadNode::make(gvn, in(MemNode::Control), in(MemNode::Memory), in(MemNode::Address),
1575                         raw_adr_type(), rt, bt, _mo, _control_dependency,
1576                         require_atomic_access, is_unaligned_access(), is_mismatched);
1577 }
1578 
1579 bool StoreNode::has_reinterpret_variant(const Type* vt) {
1580   BasicType bt = vt->basic_type();
1581   switch (Opcode()) {
1582     case Op_StoreI: return (bt == T_FLOAT);
1583     case Op_StoreL: return (bt == T_DOUBLE);
1584     case Op_StoreF: return (bt == T_INT);
1585     case Op_StoreD: return (bt == T_LONG);
1586 
1587     default: return false;
1588   }
1589 }
1590 
1591 Node* StoreNode::convert_to_reinterpret_store(PhaseGVN& gvn, Node* val, const Type* vt) {
1592   BasicType bt = vt->basic_type();
1593   assert(has_reinterpret_variant(vt), "no reinterpret variant: %s %s", Name(), type2name(bt));
1594   const int op = Opcode();
1595   bool require_atomic_access = (op == Op_StoreL && ((StoreLNode*)this)->require_atomic_access()) ||
1596                                (op == Op_StoreD && ((StoreDNode*)this)->require_atomic_access());
1597   StoreNode* st = StoreNode::make(gvn, in(MemNode::Control), in(MemNode::Memory), in(MemNode::Address),
1598                                   raw_adr_type(), val, bt, _mo, require_atomic_access);
1599 
1600   bool is_mismatched = is_mismatched_access();
1601   const TypeRawPtr* raw_type = gvn.type(in(MemNode::Memory))->isa_rawptr();
1602   if (raw_type == nullptr) {
1603     is_mismatched = true; // conservatively match all non-raw accesses as mismatched
1604   }
1605   if (is_mismatched) {
1606     st->set_mismatched_access();
1607   }
1608   return st;
1609 }
1610 
1611 // We're loading from an object which has autobox behaviour.
1612 // If this object is result of a valueOf call we'll have a phi
1613 // merging a newly allocated object and a load from the cache.
1614 // We want to replace this load with the original incoming
1615 // argument to the valueOf call.
1616 Node* LoadNode::eliminate_autobox(PhaseIterGVN* igvn) {
1617   assert(igvn->C->eliminate_boxing(), "sanity");
1618   intptr_t ignore = 0;
1619   Node* base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(in(Address), igvn, ignore);
1620   if ((base == nullptr) || base->is_Phi()) {
1621     // Push the loads from the phi that comes from valueOf up
1622     // through it to allow elimination of the loads and the recovery
1623     // of the original value. It is done in split_through_phi().
1624     return nullptr;
1625   } else if (base->is_Load() ||
1626              (base->is_DecodeN() && base->in(1)->is_Load())) {
1627     // Eliminate the load of boxed value for integer types from the cache
1628     // array by deriving the value from the index into the array.
1629     // Capture the offset of the load and then reverse the computation.
1630 
1631     // Get LoadN node which loads a boxing object from 'cache' array.
1632     if (base->is_DecodeN()) {
1633       base = base->in(1);
1634     }
1635     if (!base->in(Address)->is_AddP()) {
1636       return nullptr; // Complex address
1637     }
1638     AddPNode* address = base->in(Address)->as_AddP();
1639     Node* cache_base = address->in(AddPNode::Base);
1640     if ((cache_base != nullptr) && cache_base->is_DecodeN()) {
1641       // Get ConP node which is static 'cache' field.
1642       cache_base = cache_base->in(1);
1643     }
1644     if ((cache_base != nullptr) && cache_base->is_Con()) {
1645       const TypeAryPtr* base_type = cache_base->bottom_type()->isa_aryptr();
1646       if ((base_type != nullptr) && base_type->is_autobox_cache()) {
1647         Node* elements[4];
1648         int shift = exact_log2(type2aelembytes(T_OBJECT));
1649         int count = address->unpack_offsets(elements, ARRAY_SIZE(elements));
1650         if (count > 0 && elements[0]->is_Con() &&
1651             (count == 1 ||
1652              (count == 2 && elements[1]->Opcode() == Op_LShiftX &&
1653                             elements[1]->in(2) == igvn->intcon(shift)))) {
1654           ciObjArray* array = base_type->const_oop()->as_obj_array();
1655           // Fetch the box object cache[0] at the base of the array and get its value
1656           ciInstance* box = array->obj_at(0)->as_instance();
1657           ciInstanceKlass* ik = box->klass()->as_instance_klass();
1658           assert(ik->is_box_klass(), "sanity");
1659           assert(ik->nof_nonstatic_fields() == 1, "change following code");
1660           if (ik->nof_nonstatic_fields() == 1) {
1661             // This should be true nonstatic_field_at requires calling
1662             // nof_nonstatic_fields so check it anyway
1663             ciConstant c = box->field_value(ik->nonstatic_field_at(0));
1664             BasicType bt = c.basic_type();
1665             // Only integer types have boxing cache.
1666             assert(bt == T_BOOLEAN || bt == T_CHAR  ||
1667                    bt == T_BYTE    || bt == T_SHORT ||
1668                    bt == T_INT     || bt == T_LONG, "wrong type = %s", type2name(bt));
1669             jlong cache_low = (bt == T_LONG) ? c.as_long() : c.as_int();
1670             if (cache_low != (int)cache_low) {
1671               return nullptr; // should not happen since cache is array indexed by value
1672             }
1673             jlong offset = arrayOopDesc::base_offset_in_bytes(T_OBJECT) - (cache_low << shift);
1674             if (offset != (int)offset) {
1675               return nullptr; // should not happen since cache is array indexed by value
1676             }
1677            // Add up all the offsets making of the address of the load
1678             Node* result = elements[0];
1679             for (int i = 1; i < count; i++) {
1680               result = igvn->transform(new AddXNode(result, elements[i]));
1681             }
1682             // Remove the constant offset from the address and then
1683             result = igvn->transform(new AddXNode(result, igvn->MakeConX(-(int)offset)));
1684             // remove the scaling of the offset to recover the original index.
1685             if (result->Opcode() == Op_LShiftX && result->in(2) == igvn->intcon(shift)) {
1686               // Peel the shift off directly but wrap it in a dummy node
1687               // since Ideal can't return existing nodes
1688               igvn->_worklist.push(result); // remove dead node later
1689               result = new RShiftXNode(result->in(1), igvn->intcon(0));
1690             } else if (result->is_Add() && result->in(2)->is_Con() &&
1691                        result->in(1)->Opcode() == Op_LShiftX &&
1692                        result->in(1)->in(2) == igvn->intcon(shift)) {
1693               // We can't do general optimization: ((X<<Z) + Y) >> Z ==> X + (Y>>Z)
1694               // but for boxing cache access we know that X<<Z will not overflow
1695               // (there is range check) so we do this optimizatrion by hand here.
1696               igvn->_worklist.push(result); // remove dead node later
1697               Node* add_con = new RShiftXNode(result->in(2), igvn->intcon(shift));
1698               result = new AddXNode(result->in(1)->in(1), igvn->transform(add_con));
1699             } else {
1700               result = new RShiftXNode(result, igvn->intcon(shift));
1701             }
1702 #ifdef _LP64
1703             if (bt != T_LONG) {
1704               result = new ConvL2INode(igvn->transform(result));
1705             }
1706 #else
1707             if (bt == T_LONG) {
1708               result = new ConvI2LNode(igvn->transform(result));
1709             }
1710 #endif
1711             // Boxing/unboxing can be done from signed & unsigned loads (e.g. LoadUB -> ... -> LoadB pair).
1712             // Need to preserve unboxing load type if it is unsigned.
1713             switch(this->Opcode()) {
1714               case Op_LoadUB:
1715                 result = new AndINode(igvn->transform(result), igvn->intcon(0xFF));
1716                 break;
1717               case Op_LoadUS:
1718                 result = new AndINode(igvn->transform(result), igvn->intcon(0xFFFF));
1719                 break;
1720             }
1721             return result;
1722           }
1723         }
1724       }
1725     }
1726   }
1727   return nullptr;
1728 }
1729 
1730 static bool stable_phi(PhiNode* phi, PhaseGVN *phase) {
1731   Node* region = phi->in(0);
1732   if (region == nullptr) {
1733     return false; // Wait stable graph
1734   }
1735   uint cnt = phi->req();
1736   for (uint i = 1; i < cnt; i++) {
1737     Node* rc = region->in(i);
1738     if (rc == nullptr || phase->type(rc) == Type::TOP)
1739       return false; // Wait stable graph
1740     Node* in = phi->in(i);
1741     if (in == nullptr || phase->type(in) == Type::TOP)
1742       return false; // Wait stable graph
1743   }
1744   return true;
1745 }
1746 
1747 //------------------------------split_through_phi------------------------------
1748 // Check whether a call to 'split_through_phi' would split this load through the
1749 // Phi *base*. This method is essentially a copy of the validations performed
1750 // by 'split_through_phi'. The first use of this method was in EA code as part
1751 // of simplification of allocation merges.
1752 // Some differences from original method (split_through_phi):
1753 //  - If base->is_CastPP(): base = base->in(1)
1754 bool LoadNode::can_split_through_phi_base(PhaseGVN* phase) {
1755   Node* mem        = in(Memory);
1756   Node* address    = in(Address);
1757   intptr_t ignore  = 0;
1758   Node*    base    = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(address, phase, ignore);
1759 
1760   if (base->is_CastPP()) {
1761     base = base->in(1);
1762   }
1763 
1764   if (req() > 3 || base == nullptr || !base->is_Phi()) {
1765     return false;
1766   }
1767 
1768   if (!mem->is_Phi()) {
1769     if (!MemNode::all_controls_dominate(mem, base->in(0))) {
1770       return false;
1771     }
1772   } else if (base->in(0) != mem->in(0)) {
1773     if (!MemNode::all_controls_dominate(mem, base->in(0))) {
1774       return false;
1775     }
1776   }
1777 
1778   return true;
1779 }
1780 
1781 //------------------------------split_through_phi------------------------------
1782 // Split instance or boxed field load through Phi.
1783 Node* LoadNode::split_through_phi(PhaseGVN* phase, bool ignore_missing_instance_id) {
1784   if (req() > 3) {
1785     assert(is_LoadVector() && Opcode() != Op_LoadVector, "load has too many inputs");
1786     // LoadVector subclasses such as LoadVectorMasked have extra inputs that the logic below doesn't take into account
1787     return nullptr;
1788   }
1789   Node* mem     = in(Memory);
1790   Node* address = in(Address);
1791   const TypeOopPtr *t_oop = phase->type(address)->isa_oopptr();
1792 
1793   assert((t_oop != nullptr) &&
1794          (ignore_missing_instance_id ||
1795           t_oop->is_known_instance_field() ||
1796           t_oop->is_ptr_to_boxed_value()), "invalid conditions");
1797 
1798   Compile* C = phase->C;
1799   intptr_t ignore = 0;
1800   Node*    base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(address, phase, ignore);
1801   bool base_is_phi = (base != nullptr) && base->is_Phi();
1802   bool load_boxed_values = t_oop->is_ptr_to_boxed_value() && C->aggressive_unboxing() &&
1803                            (base != nullptr) && (base == address->in(AddPNode::Base)) &&
1804                            phase->type(base)->higher_equal(TypePtr::NOTNULL);
1805 
1806   if (!((mem->is_Phi() || base_is_phi) &&
1807         (ignore_missing_instance_id || load_boxed_values || t_oop->is_known_instance_field()))) {
1808     return nullptr; // Neither memory or base are Phi
1809   }
1810 
1811   if (mem->is_Phi()) {
1812     if (!stable_phi(mem->as_Phi(), phase)) {
1813       return nullptr; // Wait stable graph
1814     }
1815     uint cnt = mem->req();
1816     // Check for loop invariant memory.
1817     if (cnt == 3) {
1818       for (uint i = 1; i < cnt; i++) {
1819         Node* in = mem->in(i);
1820         Node*  m = optimize_memory_chain(in, t_oop, this, phase);
1821         if (m == mem) {
1822           if (i == 1) {
1823             // if the first edge was a loop, check second edge too.
1824             // If both are replaceable - we are in an infinite loop
1825             Node *n = optimize_memory_chain(mem->in(2), t_oop, this, phase);
1826             if (n == mem) {
1827               break;
1828             }
1829           }
1830           set_req(Memory, mem->in(cnt - i));
1831           return this; // made change
1832         }
1833       }
1834     }
1835   }
1836   if (base_is_phi) {
1837     if (!stable_phi(base->as_Phi(), phase)) {
1838       return nullptr; // Wait stable graph
1839     }
1840     uint cnt = base->req();
1841     // Check for loop invariant memory.
1842     if (cnt == 3) {
1843       for (uint i = 1; i < cnt; i++) {
1844         if (base->in(i) == base) {
1845           return nullptr; // Wait stable graph
1846         }
1847       }
1848     }
1849   }
1850 
1851   // Split through Phi (see original code in loopopts.cpp).
1852   assert(ignore_missing_instance_id || C->have_alias_type(t_oop), "instance should have alias type");
1853 
1854   // Do nothing here if Identity will find a value
1855   // (to avoid infinite chain of value phis generation).
1856   if (this != Identity(phase)) {
1857     return nullptr;
1858   }
1859 
1860   // Select Region to split through.
1861   Node* region;
1862   DomResult dom_result = DomResult::Dominate;
1863   if (!base_is_phi) {
1864     assert(mem->is_Phi(), "sanity");
1865     region = mem->in(0);
1866     // Skip if the region dominates some control edge of the address.
1867     // We will check `dom_result` later.
1868     dom_result = MemNode::maybe_all_controls_dominate(address, region);
1869   } else if (!mem->is_Phi()) {
1870     assert(base_is_phi, "sanity");
1871     region = base->in(0);
1872     // Skip if the region dominates some control edge of the memory.
1873     // We will check `dom_result` later.
1874     dom_result = MemNode::maybe_all_controls_dominate(mem, region);
1875   } else if (base->in(0) != mem->in(0)) {
1876     assert(base_is_phi && mem->is_Phi(), "sanity");
1877     dom_result = MemNode::maybe_all_controls_dominate(mem, base->in(0));
1878     if (dom_result == DomResult::Dominate) {
1879       region = base->in(0);
1880     } else {
1881       dom_result = MemNode::maybe_all_controls_dominate(address, mem->in(0));
1882       if (dom_result == DomResult::Dominate) {
1883         region = mem->in(0);
1884       }
1885       // Otherwise we encountered a complex graph.
1886     }
1887   } else {
1888     assert(base->in(0) == mem->in(0), "sanity");
1889     region = mem->in(0);
1890   }
1891 
1892   PhaseIterGVN* igvn = phase->is_IterGVN();
1893   if (dom_result != DomResult::Dominate) {
1894     if (dom_result == DomResult::EncounteredDeadCode) {
1895       // There is some dead code which eventually will be removed in IGVN.
1896       // Once this is the case, we get an unambiguous dominance result.
1897       // Push the node to the worklist again until the dead code is removed.
1898       igvn->_worklist.push(this);
1899     }
1900     return nullptr;
1901   }
1902 
1903   Node* phi = nullptr;
1904   const Type* this_type = this->bottom_type();
1905   if (t_oop != nullptr && (t_oop->is_known_instance_field() || load_boxed_values)) {
1906     int this_index = C->get_alias_index(t_oop);
1907     int this_offset = t_oop->offset();
1908     int this_iid = t_oop->is_known_instance_field() ? t_oop->instance_id() : base->_idx;
1909     phi = new PhiNode(region, this_type, nullptr, mem->_idx, this_iid, this_index, this_offset);
1910   } else if (ignore_missing_instance_id) {
1911     phi = new PhiNode(region, this_type, nullptr, mem->_idx);
1912   } else {
1913     return nullptr;
1914   }
1915 
1916   for (uint i = 1; i < region->req(); i++) {
1917     Node* x;
1918     Node* the_clone = nullptr;
1919     Node* in = region->in(i);
1920     if (region->is_CountedLoop() && region->as_Loop()->is_strip_mined() && i == LoopNode::EntryControl &&
1921         in != nullptr && in->is_OuterStripMinedLoop()) {
1922       // No node should go in the outer strip mined loop
1923       in = in->in(LoopNode::EntryControl);
1924     }
1925     if (in == nullptr || in == C->top()) {
1926       x = C->top();      // Dead path?  Use a dead data op
1927     } else {
1928       x = this->clone();        // Else clone up the data op
1929       the_clone = x;            // Remember for possible deletion.
1930       // Alter data node to use pre-phi inputs
1931       if (this->in(0) == region) {
1932         x->set_req(0, in);
1933       } else {
1934         x->set_req(0, nullptr);
1935       }
1936       if (mem->is_Phi() && (mem->in(0) == region)) {
1937         x->set_req(Memory, mem->in(i)); // Use pre-Phi input for the clone.
1938       }
1939       if (address->is_Phi() && address->in(0) == region) {
1940         x->set_req(Address, address->in(i)); // Use pre-Phi input for the clone
1941       }
1942       if (base_is_phi && (base->in(0) == region)) {
1943         Node* base_x = base->in(i); // Clone address for loads from boxed objects.
1944         Node* adr_x = phase->transform(new AddPNode(base_x,base_x,address->in(AddPNode::Offset)));
1945         x->set_req(Address, adr_x);
1946       }
1947     }
1948     // Check for a 'win' on some paths
1949     const Type *t = x->Value(igvn);
1950 
1951     bool singleton = t->singleton();
1952 
1953     // See comments in PhaseIdealLoop::split_thru_phi().
1954     if (singleton && t == Type::TOP) {
1955       singleton &= region->is_Loop() && (i != LoopNode::EntryControl);
1956     }
1957 
1958     if (singleton) {
1959       x = igvn->makecon(t);
1960     } else {
1961       // We now call Identity to try to simplify the cloned node.
1962       // Note that some Identity methods call phase->type(this).
1963       // Make sure that the type array is big enough for
1964       // our new node, even though we may throw the node away.
1965       // (This tweaking with igvn only works because x is a new node.)
1966       igvn->set_type(x, t);
1967       // If x is a TypeNode, capture any more-precise type permanently into Node
1968       // otherwise it will be not updated during igvn->transform since
1969       // igvn->type(x) is set to x->Value() already.
1970       x->raise_bottom_type(t);
1971       Node* y = x->Identity(igvn);
1972       if (y != x) {
1973         x = y;
1974       } else {
1975         y = igvn->hash_find_insert(x);
1976         if (y) {
1977           x = y;
1978         } else {
1979           // Else x is a new node we are keeping
1980           // We do not need register_new_node_with_optimizer
1981           // because set_type has already been called.
1982           igvn->_worklist.push(x);
1983         }
1984       }
1985     }
1986     if (x != the_clone && the_clone != nullptr) {
1987       igvn->remove_dead_node(the_clone);
1988     }
1989     phi->set_req(i, x);
1990   }
1991   // Record Phi
1992   igvn->register_new_node_with_optimizer(phi);
1993   return phi;
1994 }
1995 
1996 AllocateNode* LoadNode::is_new_object_mark_load() const {
1997   if (Opcode() == Op_LoadX) {
1998     Node* address = in(MemNode::Address);
1999     AllocateNode* alloc = AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(address);
2000     Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2001     if (alloc != nullptr && mem->is_Proj() &&
2002         mem->in(0) != nullptr &&
2003         mem->in(0) == alloc->initialization() &&
2004         alloc->initialization()->proj_out_or_null(0) != nullptr) {
2005       return alloc;
2006     }
2007   }
2008   return nullptr;
2009 }
2010 
2011 
2012 //------------------------------Ideal------------------------------------------
2013 // If the load is from Field memory and the pointer is non-null, it might be possible to
2014 // zero out the control input.
2015 // If the offset is constant and the base is an object allocation,
2016 // try to hook me up to the exact initializing store.
2017 Node *LoadNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN *phase, bool can_reshape) {
2018   if (has_pinned_control_dependency()) {
2019     return nullptr;
2020   }
2021   Node* p = MemNode::Ideal_common(phase, can_reshape);
2022   if (p)  return (p == NodeSentinel) ? nullptr : p;
2023 
2024   Node* ctrl    = in(MemNode::Control);
2025   Node* address = in(MemNode::Address);
2026   bool progress = false;
2027 
2028   bool addr_mark = ((phase->type(address)->isa_oopptr() || phase->type(address)->isa_narrowoop()) &&
2029          phase->type(address)->is_ptr()->offset() == oopDesc::mark_offset_in_bytes());
2030 
2031   // Skip up past a SafePoint control.  Cannot do this for Stores because
2032   // pointer stores & cardmarks must stay on the same side of a SafePoint.
2033   if( ctrl != nullptr && ctrl->Opcode() == Op_SafePoint &&
2034       phase->C->get_alias_index(phase->type(address)->is_ptr()) != Compile::AliasIdxRaw  &&
2035       !addr_mark &&
2036       (depends_only_on_test() || has_unknown_control_dependency())) {
2037     ctrl = ctrl->in(0);
2038     set_req(MemNode::Control,ctrl);
2039     progress = true;
2040   }
2041 
2042   intptr_t ignore = 0;
2043   Node*    base   = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(address, phase, ignore);
2044   if (base != nullptr
2045       && phase->C->get_alias_index(phase->type(address)->is_ptr()) != Compile::AliasIdxRaw) {
2046     // Check for useless control edge in some common special cases
2047     if (in(MemNode::Control) != nullptr
2048         // TODO 8350865 Can we re-enable this?
2049         && !(phase->type(address)->is_inlinetypeptr() && is_mismatched_access())
2050         && can_remove_control()
2051         && phase->type(base)->higher_equal(TypePtr::NOTNULL)
2052         && all_controls_dominate(base, phase->C->start())) {
2053       // A method-invariant, non-null address (constant or 'this' argument).
2054       set_req(MemNode::Control, nullptr);
2055       progress = true;
2056     }
2057   }
2058 
2059   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2060   const TypePtr *addr_t = phase->type(address)->isa_ptr();
2061 
2062   if (can_reshape && (addr_t != nullptr)) {
2063     // try to optimize our memory input
2064     Node* opt_mem = MemNode::optimize_memory_chain(mem, addr_t, this, phase);
2065     if (opt_mem != mem) {
2066       set_req_X(MemNode::Memory, opt_mem, phase);
2067       if (phase->type( opt_mem ) == Type::TOP) return nullptr;
2068       return this;
2069     }
2070     const TypeOopPtr *t_oop = addr_t->isa_oopptr();
2071     if ((t_oop != nullptr) &&
2072         (t_oop->is_known_instance_field() ||
2073          t_oop->is_ptr_to_boxed_value())) {
2074       PhaseIterGVN *igvn = phase->is_IterGVN();
2075       assert(igvn != nullptr, "must be PhaseIterGVN when can_reshape is true");
2076       if (igvn->_worklist.member(opt_mem)) {
2077         // Delay this transformation until memory Phi is processed.
2078         igvn->_worklist.push(this);
2079         return nullptr;
2080       }
2081       // Split instance field load through Phi.
2082       Node* result = split_through_phi(phase);
2083       if (result != nullptr) return result;
2084 
2085       if (t_oop->is_ptr_to_boxed_value()) {
2086         Node* result = eliminate_autobox(igvn);
2087         if (result != nullptr) return result;
2088       }
2089     }
2090   }
2091 
2092   // Is there a dominating load that loads the same value?  Leave
2093   // anything that is not a load of a field/array element (like
2094   // barriers etc.) alone
2095   if (in(0) != nullptr && !adr_type()->isa_rawptr() && can_reshape) {
2096     for (DUIterator_Fast imax, i = mem->fast_outs(imax); i < imax; i++) {
2097       Node *use = mem->fast_out(i);
2098       if (use != this &&
2099           use->Opcode() == Opcode() &&
2100           use->in(0) != nullptr &&
2101           use->in(0) != in(0) &&
2102           use->in(Address) == in(Address)) {
2103         Node* ctl = in(0);
2104         for (int i = 0; i < 10 && ctl != nullptr; i++) {
2105           ctl = IfNode::up_one_dom(ctl);
2106           if (ctl == use->in(0)) {
2107             set_req(0, use->in(0));
2108             return this;
2109           }
2110         }
2111       }
2112     }
2113   }
2114 
2115   // Check for prior store with a different base or offset; make Load
2116   // independent.  Skip through any number of them.  Bail out if the stores
2117   // are in an endless dead cycle and report no progress.  This is a key
2118   // transform for Reflection.  However, if after skipping through the Stores
2119   // we can't then fold up against a prior store do NOT do the transform as
2120   // this amounts to using the 'Oracle' model of aliasing.  It leaves the same
2121   // array memory alive twice: once for the hoisted Load and again after the
2122   // bypassed Store.  This situation only works if EVERYBODY who does
2123   // anti-dependence work knows how to bypass.  I.e. we need all
2124   // anti-dependence checks to ask the same Oracle.  Right now, that Oracle is
2125   // the alias index stuff.  So instead, peek through Stores and IFF we can
2126   // fold up, do so.
2127   Node* prev_mem = find_previous_store(phase);
2128   if (prev_mem != nullptr) {
2129     Node* value = can_see_arraycopy_value(prev_mem, phase);
2130     if (value != nullptr) {
2131       return value;
2132     }
2133   }
2134   // Steps (a), (b):  Walk past independent stores to find an exact match.
2135   if (prev_mem != nullptr && prev_mem != in(MemNode::Memory)) {
2136     // (c) See if we can fold up on the spot, but don't fold up here.
2137     // Fold-up might require truncation (for LoadB/LoadS/LoadUS) or
2138     // just return a prior value, which is done by Identity calls.
2139     if (can_see_stored_value(prev_mem, phase)) {
2140       // Make ready for step (d):
2141       set_req_X(MemNode::Memory, prev_mem, phase);
2142       return this;
2143     }
2144   }
2145 
2146   if (progress) {
2147     return this;
2148   }
2149 
2150   if (!can_reshape) {
2151     phase->record_for_igvn(this);
2152   }
2153   return nullptr;
2154 }
2155 
2156 // Helper to recognize certain Klass fields which are invariant across
2157 // some group of array types (e.g., int[] or all T[] where T < Object).
2158 const Type*
2159 LoadNode::load_array_final_field(const TypeKlassPtr *tkls,
2160                                  ciKlass* klass) const {
2161   assert(!UseCompactObjectHeaders || tkls->offset() != in_bytes(Klass::prototype_header_offset()),
2162          "must not happen");
2163 
2164   if (tkls->isa_instklassptr() && tkls->offset() == in_bytes(InstanceKlass::access_flags_offset())) {
2165     // The field is InstanceKlass::_access_flags.  Return its (constant) value.
2166     assert(Opcode() == Op_LoadUS, "must load an unsigned short from _access_flags");
2167     ciInstanceKlass* iklass = tkls->is_instklassptr()->instance_klass();
2168     return TypeInt::make(iklass->access_flags());
2169   }
2170   if (tkls->offset() == in_bytes(Klass::misc_flags_offset())) {
2171     // The field is Klass::_misc_flags.  Return its (constant) value.
2172     assert(Opcode() == Op_LoadUB, "must load an unsigned byte from _misc_flags");
2173     return TypeInt::make(klass->misc_flags());
2174   }
2175   if (tkls->offset() == in_bytes(Klass::layout_helper_offset())) {
2176     // The field is Klass::_layout_helper.  Return its constant value if known.
2177     assert(Opcode() == Op_LoadI, "must load an int from _layout_helper");
2178     return TypeInt::make(klass->layout_helper());
2179   }
2180 
2181   // No match.
2182   return nullptr;
2183 }
2184 
2185 //------------------------------Value-----------------------------------------
2186 const Type* LoadNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
2187   // Either input is TOP ==> the result is TOP
2188   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2189   const Type *t1 = phase->type(mem);
2190   if (t1 == Type::TOP)  return Type::TOP;
2191   Node* adr = in(MemNode::Address);
2192   const TypePtr* tp = phase->type(adr)->isa_ptr();
2193   if (tp == nullptr || tp->empty())  return Type::TOP;
2194   int off = tp->offset();
2195   assert(off != Type::OffsetTop, "case covered by TypePtr::empty");
2196   Compile* C = phase->C;
2197 
2198   // If load can see a previous constant store, use that.
2199   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem, phase);
2200   if (value != nullptr && value->is_Con()) {
2201     if (phase->type(value)->isa_ptr() && _type->isa_narrowoop()) {
2202       return phase->type(value)->make_narrowoop();
2203     } else {
2204       assert(value->bottom_type()->higher_equal(_type), "sanity");
2205       return phase->type(value);
2206     }
2207   }
2208   // Try to guess loaded type from pointer type
2209   if (tp->isa_aryptr()) {
2210     const TypeAryPtr* ary = tp->is_aryptr();
2211     const Type* t = ary->elem();
2212 
2213     // Determine whether the reference is beyond the header or not, by comparing
2214     // the offset against the offset of the start of the array's data.
2215     // Different array types begin at slightly different offsets (12 vs. 16).
2216     // We choose T_BYTE as an example base type that is least restrictive
2217     // as to alignment, which will therefore produce the smallest
2218     // possible base offset.
2219     const int min_base_off = arrayOopDesc::base_offset_in_bytes(T_BYTE);
2220     const bool off_beyond_header = (off >= min_base_off);
2221 
2222     // Try to constant-fold a stable array element.
2223     if (FoldStableValues && !is_mismatched_access() && ary->is_stable()) {
2224       // Make sure the reference is not into the header and the offset is constant
2225       ciObject* aobj = ary->const_oop();
2226       if (aobj != nullptr && off_beyond_header && adr->is_AddP() && off != Type::OffsetBot) {
2227         int stable_dimension = (ary->stable_dimension() > 0 ? ary->stable_dimension() - 1 : 0);
2228         const Type* con_type = Type::make_constant_from_array_element(aobj->as_array(), off, ary->field_offset().get(),
2229                                                                       stable_dimension,
2230                                                                       value_basic_type(), is_unsigned());
2231         if (con_type != nullptr) {
2232           return con_type;
2233         }
2234       }
2235     }
2236 
2237     // Don't do this for integer types. There is only potential profit if
2238     // the element type t is lower than _type; that is, for int types, if _type is
2239     // more restrictive than t.  This only happens here if one is short and the other
2240     // char (both 16 bits), and in those cases we've made an intentional decision
2241     // to use one kind of load over the other. See AndINode::Ideal and 4965907.
2242     // Also, do not try to narrow the type for a LoadKlass, regardless of offset.
2243     //
2244     // Yes, it is possible to encounter an expression like (LoadKlass p1:(AddP x x 8))
2245     // where the _gvn.type of the AddP is wider than 8.  This occurs when an earlier
2246     // copy p0 of (AddP x x 8) has been proven equal to p1, and the p0 has been
2247     // subsumed by p1.  If p1 is on the worklist but has not yet been re-transformed,
2248     // it is possible that p1 will have a type like Foo*[int+]:NotNull*+any.
2249     // In fact, that could have been the original type of p1, and p1 could have
2250     // had an original form like p1:(AddP x x (LShiftL quux 3)), where the
2251     // expression (LShiftL quux 3) independently optimized to the constant 8.
2252     if ((t->isa_int() == nullptr) && (t->isa_long() == nullptr)
2253         && (_type->isa_vect() == nullptr)
2254         && !ary->is_flat()
2255         && Opcode() != Op_LoadKlass && Opcode() != Op_LoadNKlass) {
2256       // t might actually be lower than _type, if _type is a unique
2257       // concrete subclass of abstract class t.
2258       if (off_beyond_header || off == Type::OffsetBot) {  // is the offset beyond the header?
2259         const Type* jt = t->join_speculative(_type);
2260         // In any case, do not allow the join, per se, to empty out the type.
2261         if (jt->empty() && !t->empty()) {
2262           // This can happen if a interface-typed array narrows to a class type.
2263           jt = _type;
2264         }
2265 #ifdef ASSERT
2266         if (phase->C->eliminate_boxing() && adr->is_AddP()) {
2267           // The pointers in the autobox arrays are always non-null
2268           Node* base = adr->in(AddPNode::Base);
2269           if ((base != nullptr) && base->is_DecodeN()) {
2270             // Get LoadN node which loads IntegerCache.cache field
2271             base = base->in(1);
2272           }
2273           if ((base != nullptr) && base->is_Con()) {
2274             const TypeAryPtr* base_type = base->bottom_type()->isa_aryptr();
2275             if ((base_type != nullptr) && base_type->is_autobox_cache()) {
2276               // It could be narrow oop
2277               assert(jt->make_ptr()->ptr() == TypePtr::NotNull,"sanity");
2278             }
2279           }
2280         }
2281 #endif
2282         return jt;
2283       }
2284     }
2285   } else if (tp->base() == Type::InstPtr) {
2286     assert( off != Type::OffsetBot ||
2287             // arrays can be cast to Objects
2288             !tp->isa_instptr() ||
2289             tp->is_instptr()->instance_klass()->is_java_lang_Object() ||
2290             // Default value load
2291             tp->is_instptr()->instance_klass() == ciEnv::current()->Class_klass() ||
2292             // unsafe field access may not have a constant offset
2293             C->has_unsafe_access(),
2294             "Field accesses must be precise" );
2295     // For oop loads, we expect the _type to be precise.
2296 
2297     const TypeInstPtr* tinst = tp->is_instptr();
2298     BasicType bt = value_basic_type();
2299 
2300     // Fold loads of the field map
2301     if (tinst != nullptr) {
2302       ciInstanceKlass* ik = tinst->instance_klass();
2303       int offset = tinst->offset();
2304       if (ik == phase->C->env()->Class_klass()) {
2305         ciType* t = tinst->java_mirror_type();
2306         if (t != nullptr && t->is_inlinetype() && offset == t->as_inline_klass()->field_map_offset()) {
2307           ciConstant map = t->as_inline_klass()->get_field_map();
2308           bool is_narrow_oop = (bt == T_NARROWOOP);
2309           return Type::make_from_constant(map, true, 1, is_narrow_oop);
2310         }
2311       }
2312     }
2313 
2314     // Optimize loads from constant fields.
2315     ciObject* const_oop = tinst->const_oop();
2316     if (!is_mismatched_access() && off != Type::OffsetBot && const_oop != nullptr && const_oop->is_instance()) {
2317       const Type* con_type = Type::make_constant_from_field(const_oop->as_instance(), off, is_unsigned(), bt);
2318       if (con_type != nullptr) {
2319         return con_type;
2320       }
2321     }
2322   } else if (tp->base() == Type::KlassPtr || tp->base() == Type::InstKlassPtr || tp->base() == Type::AryKlassPtr) {
2323     assert(off != Type::OffsetBot ||
2324             !tp->isa_instklassptr() ||
2325            // arrays can be cast to Objects
2326            tp->isa_instklassptr()->instance_klass()->is_java_lang_Object() ||
2327            // also allow array-loading from the primary supertype
2328            // array during subtype checks
2329            Opcode() == Op_LoadKlass,
2330            "Field accesses must be precise");
2331     // For klass/static loads, we expect the _type to be precise
2332   } else if (tp->base() == Type::RawPtr && adr->is_Load() && off == 0) {
2333     /* With mirrors being an indirect in the Klass*
2334      * the VM is now using two loads. LoadKlass(LoadP(LoadP(Klass, mirror_offset), zero_offset))
2335      * The LoadP from the Klass has a RawPtr type (see LibraryCallKit::load_mirror_from_klass).
2336      *
2337      * So check the type and klass of the node before the LoadP.
2338      */
2339     Node* adr2 = adr->in(MemNode::Address);
2340     const TypeKlassPtr* tkls = phase->type(adr2)->isa_klassptr();
2341     if (tkls != nullptr && !StressReflectiveCode) {
2342       if (tkls->is_loaded() && tkls->klass_is_exact() && tkls->offset() == in_bytes(Klass::java_mirror_offset())) {
2343         ciKlass* klass = tkls->exact_klass();
2344         assert(adr->Opcode() == Op_LoadP, "must load an oop from _java_mirror");
2345         assert(Opcode() == Op_LoadP, "must load an oop from _java_mirror");
2346         return TypeInstPtr::make(klass->java_mirror());
2347       }
2348     }
2349   }
2350 
2351   const TypeKlassPtr *tkls = tp->isa_klassptr();
2352   if (tkls != nullptr) {
2353     if (tkls->is_loaded() && tkls->klass_is_exact()) {
2354       ciKlass* klass = tkls->exact_klass();
2355       // We are loading a field from a Klass metaobject whose identity
2356       // is known at compile time (the type is "exact" or "precise").
2357       // Check for fields we know are maintained as constants by the VM.
2358       if (tkls->offset() == in_bytes(Klass::super_check_offset_offset())) {
2359         // The field is Klass::_super_check_offset.  Return its (constant) value.
2360         // (Folds up type checking code.)
2361         assert(Opcode() == Op_LoadI, "must load an int from _super_check_offset");
2362         return TypeInt::make(klass->super_check_offset());
2363       }
2364       if (klass->is_inlinetype() && tkls->offset() == in_bytes(InstanceKlass::acmp_maps_offset_offset())) {
2365         return TypeInt::make(klass->as_inline_klass()->field_map_offset());
2366       }
2367       if (klass->is_obj_array_klass() && tkls->offset() == in_bytes(ObjArrayKlass::next_refined_array_klass_offset())) {
2368         // Fold loads from LibraryCallKit::load_default_refined_array_klass
2369         return tkls->is_aryklassptr()->cast_to_refined_array_klass_ptr();
2370       }
2371       if (klass->is_array_klass() && tkls->offset() == in_bytes(ObjArrayKlass::properties_offset())) {
2372         assert(klass->is_type_array_klass() || tkls->is_aryklassptr()->is_refined_type(), "Must be a refined array klass pointer");
2373         return TypeInt::make((jint)klass->as_array_klass()->properties().value());
2374       }
2375       if (klass->is_flat_array_klass() && tkls->offset() == in_bytes(FlatArrayKlass::layout_kind_offset())) {
2376         assert(Opcode() == Op_LoadI, "must load an int from _layout_kind");
2377         return TypeInt::make(static_cast<jint>(klass->as_flat_array_klass()->layout_kind()));
2378       }
2379       if (UseCompactObjectHeaders && tkls->offset() == in_bytes(Klass::prototype_header_offset())) {
2380         // The field is Klass::_prototype_header. Return its (constant) value.
2381         assert(this->Opcode() == Op_LoadX, "must load a proper type from _prototype_header");
2382         return TypeX::make(klass->prototype_header());
2383       }
2384       // Compute index into primary_supers array
2385       juint depth = (tkls->offset() - in_bytes(Klass::primary_supers_offset())) / sizeof(Klass*);
2386       // Check for overflowing; use unsigned compare to handle the negative case.
2387       if( depth < ciKlass::primary_super_limit() ) {
2388         // The field is an element of Klass::_primary_supers.  Return its (constant) value.
2389         // (Folds up type checking code.)
2390         assert(Opcode() == Op_LoadKlass, "must load a klass from _primary_supers");
2391         ciKlass *ss = klass->super_of_depth(depth);
2392         return ss ? TypeKlassPtr::make(ss, Type::trust_interfaces) : TypePtr::NULL_PTR;
2393       }
2394       const Type* aift = load_array_final_field(tkls, klass);
2395       if (aift != nullptr)  return aift;
2396     }
2397 
2398     // We can still check if we are loading from the primary_supers array at a
2399     // shallow enough depth.  Even though the klass is not exact, entries less
2400     // than or equal to its super depth are correct.
2401     if (tkls->is_loaded()) {
2402       ciKlass* klass = nullptr;
2403       if (tkls->isa_instklassptr()) {
2404         klass = tkls->is_instklassptr()->instance_klass();
2405       } else {
2406         int dims;
2407         const Type* inner = tkls->is_aryklassptr()->base_element_type(dims);
2408         if (inner->isa_instklassptr()) {
2409           klass = inner->is_instklassptr()->instance_klass();
2410           klass = ciObjArrayKlass::make(klass, dims);
2411         }
2412       }
2413       if (klass != nullptr) {
2414         // Compute index into primary_supers array
2415         juint depth = (tkls->offset() - in_bytes(Klass::primary_supers_offset())) / sizeof(Klass*);
2416         // Check for overflowing; use unsigned compare to handle the negative case.
2417         if (depth < ciKlass::primary_super_limit() &&
2418             depth <= klass->super_depth()) { // allow self-depth checks to handle self-check case
2419           // The field is an element of Klass::_primary_supers.  Return its (constant) value.
2420           // (Folds up type checking code.)
2421           assert(Opcode() == Op_LoadKlass, "must load a klass from _primary_supers");
2422           ciKlass *ss = klass->super_of_depth(depth);
2423           return ss ? TypeKlassPtr::make(ss, Type::trust_interfaces) : TypePtr::NULL_PTR;
2424         }
2425       }
2426     }
2427 
2428     // If the type is enough to determine that the thing is not an array,
2429     // we can give the layout_helper a positive interval type.
2430     // This will help short-circuit some reflective code.
2431     if (tkls->offset() == in_bytes(Klass::layout_helper_offset()) &&
2432         tkls->isa_instklassptr() && // not directly typed as an array
2433         !tkls->is_instklassptr()->might_be_an_array() // not the supertype of all T[] (java.lang.Object) or has an interface that is not Serializable or Cloneable
2434     ) {
2435       assert(Opcode() == Op_LoadI, "must load an int from _layout_helper");
2436       jint min_size = Klass::instance_layout_helper(oopDesc::header_size(), false);
2437       // The key property of this type is that it folds up tests
2438       // for array-ness, since it proves that the layout_helper is positive.
2439       // Thus, a generic value like the basic object layout helper works fine.
2440       return TypeInt::make(min_size, max_jint, Type::WidenMin);
2441     }
2442   }
2443 
2444   // If we are loading from a freshly-allocated object/array, produce a zero.
2445   // Things to check:
2446   //   1. Load is beyond the header: headers are not guaranteed to be zero
2447   //   2. Load is not vectorized: vectors have no zero constant
2448   //   3. Load has no matching store, i.e. the input is the initial memory state
2449   const TypeOopPtr* tinst = tp->isa_oopptr();
2450   bool is_not_header = (tinst != nullptr) && tinst->is_known_instance_field();
2451   bool is_not_vect = (_type->isa_vect() == nullptr);
2452   if (is_not_header && is_not_vect) {
2453     Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2454     if (mem->is_Parm() && mem->in(0)->is_Start()) {
2455       assert(mem->as_Parm()->_con == TypeFunc::Memory, "must be memory Parm");
2456       // TODO 8350865 Scalar replacement does not work well for flat arrays.
2457       // Escape Analysis assumes that arrays are always zeroed during allocation which is not true for null-free arrays
2458       // ConnectionGraph::split_unique_types will re-wire the memory of loads from such arrays around the allocation
2459       // TestArrays::test6 and test152 and TestBasicFunctionality::test20 are affected by this.
2460       if (tp->isa_aryptr() && tp->is_aryptr()->is_flat() && tp->is_aryptr()->is_null_free()) {
2461         intptr_t offset = 0;
2462         Node* base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(adr, phase, offset);
2463         AllocateNode* alloc = AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(base);
2464         if (alloc != nullptr && alloc->is_AllocateArray() && alloc->in(AllocateNode::InitValue) != nullptr) {
2465           return _type;
2466         }
2467       }
2468       return Type::get_zero_type(_type->basic_type());
2469     }
2470   }
2471   if (!UseCompactObjectHeaders) {
2472     Node* alloc = is_new_object_mark_load();
2473     if (alloc != nullptr) {
2474       if (Arguments::is_valhalla_enabled()) {
2475         // The mark word may contain property bits (inline, flat, null-free)
2476         Node* klass_node = alloc->in(AllocateNode::KlassNode);
2477         const TypeKlassPtr* tkls = phase->type(klass_node)->isa_klassptr();
2478         if (tkls != nullptr && tkls->is_loaded() && tkls->klass_is_exact()) {
2479           return TypeX::make(tkls->exact_klass()->prototype_header());
2480         }
2481       } else {
2482         return TypeX::make(markWord::prototype().value());
2483       }
2484     }
2485   }
2486 
2487   return _type;
2488 }
2489 
2490 //------------------------------match_edge-------------------------------------
2491 // Do we Match on this edge index or not?  Match only the address.
2492 uint LoadNode::match_edge(uint idx) const {
2493   return idx == MemNode::Address;
2494 }
2495 
2496 //--------------------------LoadBNode::Ideal--------------------------------------
2497 //
2498 //  If the previous store is to the same address as this load,
2499 //  and the value stored was larger than a byte, replace this load
2500 //  with the value stored truncated to a byte.  If no truncation is
2501 //  needed, the replacement is done in LoadNode::Identity().
2502 //
2503 Node* LoadBNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN* phase, bool can_reshape) {
2504   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2505   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem,phase);
2506   if (value != nullptr) {
2507     Node* narrow = Compile::narrow_value(T_BYTE, value, _type, phase, false);
2508     if (narrow != value) {
2509       return narrow;
2510     }
2511   }
2512   // Identity call will handle the case where truncation is not needed.
2513   return LoadNode::Ideal(phase, can_reshape);
2514 }
2515 
2516 const Type* LoadBNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
2517   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2518   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem,phase);
2519   if (value != nullptr && value->is_Con() &&
2520       !value->bottom_type()->higher_equal(_type)) {
2521     // If the input to the store does not fit with the load's result type,
2522     // it must be truncated. We can't delay until Ideal call since
2523     // a singleton Value is needed for split_thru_phi optimization.
2524     int con = value->get_int();
2525     return TypeInt::make((con << 24) >> 24);
2526   }
2527   return LoadNode::Value(phase);
2528 }
2529 
2530 //--------------------------LoadUBNode::Ideal-------------------------------------
2531 //
2532 //  If the previous store is to the same address as this load,
2533 //  and the value stored was larger than a byte, replace this load
2534 //  with the value stored truncated to a byte.  If no truncation is
2535 //  needed, the replacement is done in LoadNode::Identity().
2536 //
2537 Node* LoadUBNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN* phase, bool can_reshape) {
2538   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2539   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem, phase);
2540   if (value != nullptr) {
2541     Node* narrow = Compile::narrow_value(T_BOOLEAN, value, _type, phase, false);
2542     if (narrow != value) {
2543       return narrow;
2544     }
2545   }
2546   // Identity call will handle the case where truncation is not needed.
2547   return LoadNode::Ideal(phase, can_reshape);
2548 }
2549 
2550 const Type* LoadUBNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
2551   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2552   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem,phase);
2553   if (value != nullptr && value->is_Con() &&
2554       !value->bottom_type()->higher_equal(_type)) {
2555     // If the input to the store does not fit with the load's result type,
2556     // it must be truncated. We can't delay until Ideal call since
2557     // a singleton Value is needed for split_thru_phi optimization.
2558     int con = value->get_int();
2559     return TypeInt::make(con & 0xFF);
2560   }
2561   return LoadNode::Value(phase);
2562 }
2563 
2564 //--------------------------LoadUSNode::Ideal-------------------------------------
2565 //
2566 //  If the previous store is to the same address as this load,
2567 //  and the value stored was larger than a char, replace this load
2568 //  with the value stored truncated to a char.  If no truncation is
2569 //  needed, the replacement is done in LoadNode::Identity().
2570 //
2571 Node* LoadUSNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN* phase, bool can_reshape) {
2572   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2573   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem,phase);
2574   if (value != nullptr) {
2575     Node* narrow = Compile::narrow_value(T_CHAR, value, _type, phase, false);
2576     if (narrow != value) {
2577       return narrow;
2578     }
2579   }
2580   // Identity call will handle the case where truncation is not needed.
2581   return LoadNode::Ideal(phase, can_reshape);
2582 }
2583 
2584 const Type* LoadUSNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
2585   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2586   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem,phase);
2587   if (value != nullptr && value->is_Con() &&
2588       !value->bottom_type()->higher_equal(_type)) {
2589     // If the input to the store does not fit with the load's result type,
2590     // it must be truncated. We can't delay until Ideal call since
2591     // a singleton Value is needed for split_thru_phi optimization.
2592     int con = value->get_int();
2593     return TypeInt::make(con & 0xFFFF);
2594   }
2595   return LoadNode::Value(phase);
2596 }
2597 
2598 //--------------------------LoadSNode::Ideal--------------------------------------
2599 //
2600 //  If the previous store is to the same address as this load,
2601 //  and the value stored was larger than a short, replace this load
2602 //  with the value stored truncated to a short.  If no truncation is
2603 //  needed, the replacement is done in LoadNode::Identity().
2604 //
2605 Node* LoadSNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN* phase, bool can_reshape) {
2606   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2607   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem,phase);
2608   if (value != nullptr) {
2609     Node* narrow = Compile::narrow_value(T_SHORT, value, _type, phase, false);
2610     if (narrow != value) {
2611       return narrow;
2612     }
2613   }
2614   // Identity call will handle the case where truncation is not needed.
2615   return LoadNode::Ideal(phase, can_reshape);
2616 }
2617 
2618 const Type* LoadSNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
2619   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
2620   Node* value = can_see_stored_value(mem,phase);
2621   if (value != nullptr && value->is_Con() &&
2622       !value->bottom_type()->higher_equal(_type)) {
2623     // If the input to the store does not fit with the load's result type,
2624     // it must be truncated. We can't delay until Ideal call since
2625     // a singleton Value is needed for split_thru_phi optimization.
2626     int con = value->get_int();
2627     return TypeInt::make((con << 16) >> 16);
2628   }
2629   return LoadNode::Value(phase);
2630 }
2631 
2632 Node* LoadNNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN* phase, bool can_reshape) {
2633   // Loading from an InlineType, find the input and make an EncodeP
2634   Node* addr = in(Address);
2635   intptr_t offset;
2636   Node* base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(addr, phase, offset);
2637   Node* value = see_through_inline_type(phase, this, base, offset);
2638   if (value != nullptr) {
2639     return new EncodePNode(value, type());
2640   }
2641 
2642   // Can see the corresponding value, may need to add an EncodeP
2643   value = can_see_stored_value(in(Memory), phase);
2644   if (value != nullptr && phase->type(value)->isa_ptr() && type()->isa_narrowoop()) {
2645     return new EncodePNode(value, type());
2646   }
2647 
2648   // Identity call will handle the case where EncodeP is unnecessary
2649   return LoadNode::Ideal(phase, can_reshape);
2650 }
2651 
2652 //=============================================================================
2653 //----------------------------LoadKlassNode::make------------------------------
2654 // Polymorphic factory method:
2655 Node* LoadKlassNode::make(PhaseGVN& gvn, Node* mem, Node* adr, const TypePtr* at, const TypeKlassPtr* tk) {
2656   // sanity check the alias category against the created node type
2657   const TypePtr* adr_type = adr->bottom_type()->isa_ptr();
2658   assert(adr_type != nullptr, "expecting TypeKlassPtr");
2659 #ifdef _LP64
2660   if (adr_type->is_ptr_to_narrowklass()) {
2661     assert(UseCompressedClassPointers, "no compressed klasses");
2662     Node* load_klass = gvn.transform(new LoadNKlassNode(mem, adr, at, tk->make_narrowklass(), MemNode::unordered));
2663     return new DecodeNKlassNode(load_klass, load_klass->bottom_type()->make_ptr());
2664   }
2665 #endif
2666   assert(!adr_type->is_ptr_to_narrowklass() && !adr_type->is_ptr_to_narrowoop(), "should have got back a narrow oop");
2667   return new LoadKlassNode(mem, adr, at, tk, MemNode::unordered);
2668 }
2669 
2670 //------------------------------Value------------------------------------------
2671 const Type* LoadKlassNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
2672   return klass_value_common(phase);
2673 }
2674 
2675 const Type* LoadNode::klass_value_common(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
2676   // Either input is TOP ==> the result is TOP
2677   const Type *t1 = phase->type( in(MemNode::Memory) );
2678   if (t1 == Type::TOP)  return Type::TOP;
2679   Node *adr = in(MemNode::Address);
2680   const Type *t2 = phase->type( adr );
2681   if (t2 == Type::TOP)  return Type::TOP;
2682   const TypePtr *tp = t2->is_ptr();
2683   if (TypePtr::above_centerline(tp->ptr()) ||
2684       tp->ptr() == TypePtr::Null)  return Type::TOP;
2685 
2686   // Return a more precise klass, if possible
2687   const TypeInstPtr *tinst = tp->isa_instptr();
2688   if (tinst != nullptr) {
2689     ciInstanceKlass* ik = tinst->instance_klass();
2690     int offset = tinst->offset();
2691     if (ik == phase->C->env()->Class_klass()
2692         && (offset == java_lang_Class::klass_offset() ||
2693             offset == java_lang_Class::array_klass_offset())) {
2694       // We are loading a special hidden field from a Class mirror object,
2695       // the field which points to the VM's Klass metaobject.
2696       ciType* t = tinst->java_mirror_type();
2697       // java_mirror_type returns non-null for compile-time Class constants.
2698       if (t != nullptr) {
2699         // constant oop => constant klass
2700         if (offset == java_lang_Class::array_klass_offset()) {
2701           if (t->is_void()) {
2702             // We cannot create a void array.  Since void is a primitive type return null
2703             // klass.  Users of this result need to do a null check on the returned klass.
2704             return TypePtr::NULL_PTR;
2705           }
2706           return TypeKlassPtr::make(ciArrayKlass::make(t), Type::trust_interfaces);
2707         }
2708         if (!t->is_klass()) {
2709           // a primitive Class (e.g., int.class) has null for a klass field
2710           return TypePtr::NULL_PTR;
2711         }
2712         // Fold up the load of the hidden field
2713         return TypeKlassPtr::make(t->as_klass(), Type::trust_interfaces);
2714       }
2715       // non-constant mirror, so we can't tell what's going on
2716     }
2717     if (!tinst->is_loaded())
2718       return _type;             // Bail out if not loaded
2719     if (offset == oopDesc::klass_offset_in_bytes()) {
2720       return tinst->as_klass_type(true);
2721     }
2722   }
2723 
2724   // Check for loading klass from an array
2725   const TypeAryPtr* tary = tp->isa_aryptr();
2726   if (tary != nullptr &&
2727       tary->offset() == oopDesc::klass_offset_in_bytes()) {
2728     return tary->as_klass_type(true)->is_aryklassptr();
2729   }
2730 
2731   // Check for loading klass from an array klass
2732   const TypeKlassPtr *tkls = tp->isa_klassptr();
2733   if (tkls != nullptr && !StressReflectiveCode) {
2734     if (!tkls->is_loaded())
2735      return _type;             // Bail out if not loaded
2736     if (tkls->isa_aryklassptr() && tkls->is_aryklassptr()->elem()->isa_klassptr() &&
2737         tkls->offset() == in_bytes(ObjArrayKlass::element_klass_offset())) {
2738       // // Always returning precise element type is incorrect,
2739       // // e.g., element type could be object and array may contain strings
2740       // return TypeKlassPtr::make(TypePtr::Constant, elem, 0);
2741 
2742       // The array's TypeKlassPtr was declared 'precise' or 'not precise'
2743       // according to the element type's subclassing.
2744       return tkls->is_aryklassptr()->elem()->isa_klassptr()->cast_to_exactness(tkls->klass_is_exact());
2745     }
2746     if (tkls->isa_aryklassptr() != nullptr && tkls->klass_is_exact() &&
2747         !tkls->exact_klass()->is_type_array_klass() &&
2748         tkls->offset() == in_bytes(Klass::super_offset())) {
2749       // We are loading the super klass of a refined array klass, return the non-refined klass pointer
2750       assert(tkls->is_aryklassptr()->is_refined_type(), "Must be a refined array klass pointer");
2751       return tkls->is_aryklassptr()->with_offset(0)->cast_to_non_refined();
2752     }
2753     if (tkls->isa_instklassptr() != nullptr && tkls->klass_is_exact() &&
2754         tkls->offset() == in_bytes(Klass::super_offset())) {
2755       ciKlass* sup = tkls->is_instklassptr()->instance_klass()->super();
2756       // The field is Klass::_super.  Return its (constant) value.
2757       // (Folds up the 2nd indirection in aClassConstant.getSuperClass().)
2758       return sup ? TypeKlassPtr::make(sup, Type::trust_interfaces) : TypePtr::NULL_PTR;
2759     }
2760   }
2761 
2762   if (tkls != nullptr && !UseSecondarySupersCache
2763       && tkls->offset() == in_bytes(Klass::secondary_super_cache_offset()))  {
2764     // Treat Klass::_secondary_super_cache as a constant when the cache is disabled.
2765     return TypePtr::NULL_PTR;
2766   }
2767 
2768   // Bailout case
2769   return LoadNode::Value(phase);
2770 }
2771 
2772 //------------------------------Identity---------------------------------------
2773 // To clean up reflective code, simplify k.java_mirror.as_klass to plain k.
2774 // Also feed through the klass in Allocate(...klass...)._klass.
2775 Node* LoadKlassNode::Identity(PhaseGVN* phase) {
2776   return klass_identity_common(phase);
2777 }
2778 
2779 Node* LoadNode::klass_identity_common(PhaseGVN* phase) {
2780   Node* x = LoadNode::Identity(phase);
2781   if (x != this)  return x;
2782 
2783   // Take apart the address into an oop and offset.
2784   // Return 'this' if we cannot.
2785   Node*    adr    = in(MemNode::Address);
2786   intptr_t offset = 0;
2787   Node*    base   = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(adr, phase, offset);
2788   if (base == nullptr)     return this;
2789   const TypeOopPtr* toop = phase->type(adr)->isa_oopptr();
2790   if (toop == nullptr)     return this;
2791 
2792   // Step over potential GC barrier for OopHandle resolve
2793   BarrierSetC2* bs = BarrierSet::barrier_set()->barrier_set_c2();
2794   if (bs->is_gc_barrier_node(base)) {
2795     base = bs->step_over_gc_barrier(base);
2796   }
2797 
2798   // We can fetch the klass directly through an AllocateNode.
2799   // This works even if the klass is not constant (clone or newArray).
2800   if (offset == oopDesc::klass_offset_in_bytes()) {
2801     Node* allocated_klass = AllocateNode::Ideal_klass(base, phase);
2802     if (allocated_klass != nullptr) {
2803       return allocated_klass;
2804     }
2805   }
2806 
2807   // Simplify k.java_mirror.as_klass to plain k, where k is a Klass*.
2808   // See inline_native_Class_query for occurrences of these patterns.
2809   // Java Example:  x.getClass().isAssignableFrom(y)
2810   //
2811   // This improves reflective code, often making the Class
2812   // mirror go completely dead.  (Current exception:  Class
2813   // mirrors may appear in debug info, but we could clean them out by
2814   // introducing a new debug info operator for Klass.java_mirror).
2815   //
2816   // This optimization does not apply to arrays because if k is not a
2817   // constant, it was obtained via load_klass which returns the VM type
2818   // and '.java_mirror.as_klass' should return the Java type instead.
2819 
2820   if (toop->isa_instptr() && toop->is_instptr()->instance_klass() == phase->C->env()->Class_klass()
2821       && offset == java_lang_Class::klass_offset()) {
2822     if (base->is_Load()) {
2823       Node* base2 = base->in(MemNode::Address);
2824       if (base2->is_Load()) { /* direct load of a load which is the OopHandle */
2825         Node* adr2 = base2->in(MemNode::Address);
2826         const TypeKlassPtr* tkls = phase->type(adr2)->isa_klassptr();
2827         if (tkls != nullptr && !tkls->empty()
2828             && ((tkls->isa_instklassptr() && !tkls->is_instklassptr()->might_be_an_array()))
2829             && adr2->is_AddP()) {
2830           int mirror_field = in_bytes(Klass::java_mirror_offset());
2831           if (tkls->offset() == mirror_field) {
2832 #ifdef ASSERT
2833             const TypeKlassPtr* tkls2 = phase->type(adr2->in(AddPNode::Address))->is_klassptr();
2834             assert(tkls2->offset() == 0, "not a load of java_mirror");
2835 #endif
2836             assert(adr2->in(AddPNode::Base)->is_top(), "not an off heap load");
2837             assert(adr2->in(AddPNode::Offset)->find_intptr_t_con(-1) == in_bytes(Klass::java_mirror_offset()), "incorrect offset");
2838             return adr2->in(AddPNode::Address);
2839           }
2840         }
2841       }
2842     }
2843   }
2844 
2845   return this;
2846 }
2847 
2848 LoadNode* LoadNode::clone_pinned() const {
2849   LoadNode* ld = clone()->as_Load();
2850   ld->_control_dependency = UnknownControl;
2851   return ld;
2852 }
2853 
2854 // Pin a LoadNode if it carries a dependency on its control input. There are cases when the node
2855 // does not actually have any dependency on its control input. For example, if we have a LoadNode
2856 // being used only outside a loop but it must be scheduled inside the loop, we can clone the node
2857 // for each of its use so that all the clones can be scheduled outside the loop. Then, to prevent
2858 // the clones from being GVN-ed again, we add a control input for each of them at the loop exit. In
2859 // those case, since there is not a dependency between the node and its control input, we do not
2860 // need to pin it.
2861 LoadNode* LoadNode::pin_node_under_control_impl() const {
2862   const TypePtr* adr_type = this->adr_type();
2863   if (adr_type != nullptr && adr_type->isa_aryptr()) {
2864     // Only array accesses have dependencies on their control input
2865     return clone_pinned();
2866   }
2867   return nullptr;
2868 }
2869 
2870 //------------------------------Value------------------------------------------
2871 const Type* LoadNKlassNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
2872   const Type *t = klass_value_common(phase);
2873   if (t == Type::TOP)
2874     return t;
2875 
2876   return t->make_narrowklass();
2877 }
2878 
2879 //------------------------------Identity---------------------------------------
2880 // To clean up reflective code, simplify k.java_mirror.as_klass to narrow k.
2881 // Also feed through the klass in Allocate(...klass...)._klass.
2882 Node* LoadNKlassNode::Identity(PhaseGVN* phase) {
2883   Node *x = klass_identity_common(phase);
2884 
2885   const Type *t = phase->type( x );
2886   if( t == Type::TOP ) return x;
2887   if( t->isa_narrowklass()) return x;
2888   assert (!t->isa_narrowoop(), "no narrow oop here");
2889 
2890   return phase->transform(new EncodePKlassNode(x, t->make_narrowklass()));
2891 }
2892 
2893 //------------------------------Value-----------------------------------------
2894 const Type* LoadRangeNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
2895   // Either input is TOP ==> the result is TOP
2896   const Type *t1 = phase->type( in(MemNode::Memory) );
2897   if( t1 == Type::TOP ) return Type::TOP;
2898   Node *adr = in(MemNode::Address);
2899   const Type *t2 = phase->type( adr );
2900   if( t2 == Type::TOP ) return Type::TOP;
2901   const TypePtr *tp = t2->is_ptr();
2902   if (TypePtr::above_centerline(tp->ptr()))  return Type::TOP;
2903   const TypeAryPtr *tap = tp->isa_aryptr();
2904   if( !tap ) return _type;
2905   return tap->size();
2906 }
2907 
2908 //-------------------------------Ideal---------------------------------------
2909 // Feed through the length in AllocateArray(...length...)._length.
2910 Node *LoadRangeNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN *phase, bool can_reshape) {
2911   Node* p = MemNode::Ideal_common(phase, can_reshape);
2912   if (p)  return (p == NodeSentinel) ? nullptr : p;
2913 
2914   // Take apart the address into an oop and offset.
2915   // Return 'this' if we cannot.
2916   Node*    adr    = in(MemNode::Address);
2917   intptr_t offset = 0;
2918   Node*    base   = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(adr, phase,  offset);
2919   if (base == nullptr)     return nullptr;
2920   const TypeAryPtr* tary = phase->type(adr)->isa_aryptr();
2921   if (tary == nullptr)     return nullptr;
2922 
2923   // We can fetch the length directly through an AllocateArrayNode.
2924   // This works even if the length is not constant (clone or newArray).
2925   if (offset == arrayOopDesc::length_offset_in_bytes()) {
2926     AllocateArrayNode* alloc = AllocateArrayNode::Ideal_array_allocation(base);
2927     if (alloc != nullptr) {
2928       Node* allocated_length = alloc->Ideal_length();
2929       Node* len = alloc->make_ideal_length(tary, phase);
2930       if (allocated_length != len) {
2931         // New CastII improves on this.
2932         return len;
2933       }
2934     }
2935   }
2936 
2937   return nullptr;
2938 }
2939 
2940 //------------------------------Identity---------------------------------------
2941 // Feed through the length in AllocateArray(...length...)._length.
2942 Node* LoadRangeNode::Identity(PhaseGVN* phase) {
2943   Node* x = LoadINode::Identity(phase);
2944   if (x != this)  return x;
2945 
2946   // Take apart the address into an oop and offset.
2947   // Return 'this' if we cannot.
2948   Node*    adr    = in(MemNode::Address);
2949   intptr_t offset = 0;
2950   Node*    base   = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(adr, phase, offset);
2951   if (base == nullptr)     return this;
2952   const TypeAryPtr* tary = phase->type(adr)->isa_aryptr();
2953   if (tary == nullptr)     return this;
2954 
2955   // We can fetch the length directly through an AllocateArrayNode.
2956   // This works even if the length is not constant (clone or newArray).
2957   if (offset == arrayOopDesc::length_offset_in_bytes()) {
2958     AllocateArrayNode* alloc = AllocateArrayNode::Ideal_array_allocation(base);
2959     if (alloc != nullptr) {
2960       Node* allocated_length = alloc->Ideal_length();
2961       // Do not allow make_ideal_length to allocate a CastII node.
2962       Node* len = alloc->make_ideal_length(tary, phase, false);
2963       if (allocated_length == len) {
2964         // Return allocated_length only if it would not be improved by a CastII.
2965         return allocated_length;
2966       }
2967     }
2968   }
2969 
2970   return this;
2971 
2972 }
2973 
2974 //=============================================================================
2975 //---------------------------StoreNode::make-----------------------------------
2976 // Polymorphic factory method:
2977 StoreNode* StoreNode::make(PhaseGVN& gvn, Node* ctl, Node* mem, Node* adr, const TypePtr* adr_type, Node* val, BasicType bt, MemOrd mo, bool require_atomic_access) {
2978   assert((mo == unordered || mo == release), "unexpected");
2979   Compile* C = gvn.C;
2980   assert(C->get_alias_index(adr_type) != Compile::AliasIdxRaw ||
2981          ctl != nullptr, "raw memory operations should have control edge");
2982 
2983   switch (bt) {
2984   case T_BOOLEAN: val = gvn.transform(new AndINode(val, gvn.intcon(0x1))); // Fall through to T_BYTE case
2985   case T_BYTE:    return new StoreBNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, val, mo);
2986   case T_INT:     return new StoreINode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, val, mo);
2987   case T_CHAR:
2988   case T_SHORT:   return new StoreCNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, val, mo);
2989   case T_LONG:    return new StoreLNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, val, mo, require_atomic_access);
2990   case T_FLOAT:   return new StoreFNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, val, mo);
2991   case T_DOUBLE:  return new StoreDNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, val, mo, require_atomic_access);
2992   case T_METADATA:
2993   case T_ADDRESS:
2994   case T_OBJECT:
2995   case T_ARRAY:
2996 #ifdef _LP64
2997     if (adr->bottom_type()->is_ptr_to_narrowoop()) {
2998       val = gvn.transform(new EncodePNode(val, val->bottom_type()->make_narrowoop()));
2999       return new StoreNNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, val, mo);
3000     } else if (adr->bottom_type()->is_ptr_to_narrowklass() ||
3001                (UseCompressedClassPointers && val->bottom_type()->isa_klassptr() &&
3002                 adr->bottom_type()->isa_rawptr())) {
3003       val = gvn.transform(new EncodePKlassNode(val, val->bottom_type()->make_narrowklass()));
3004       return new StoreNKlassNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, val, mo);
3005     }
3006 #endif
3007     {
3008       return new StorePNode(ctl, mem, adr, adr_type, val, mo);
3009     }
3010   default:
3011     guarantee(false, "unexpected basic type %s", type2name(bt));
3012     return (StoreNode*)nullptr;
3013   }
3014 }
3015 
3016 //--------------------------bottom_type----------------------------------------
3017 const Type *StoreNode::bottom_type() const {
3018   return Type::MEMORY;
3019 }
3020 
3021 //------------------------------hash-------------------------------------------
3022 uint StoreNode::hash() const {
3023   // unroll addition of interesting fields
3024   //return (uintptr_t)in(Control) + (uintptr_t)in(Memory) + (uintptr_t)in(Address) + (uintptr_t)in(ValueIn);
3025 
3026   // Since they are not commoned, do not hash them:
3027   return NO_HASH;
3028 }
3029 
3030 // Link together multiple stores (B/S/C/I) into a longer one.
3031 //
3032 // Example: _store = StoreB[i+3]
3033 //
3034 //   RangeCheck[i+0]           RangeCheck[i+0]
3035 //   StoreB[i+0]
3036 //   RangeCheck[i+3]           RangeCheck[i+3]
3037 //   StoreB[i+1]         -->   pass:             fail:
3038 //   StoreB[i+2]               StoreI[i+0]       StoreB[i+0]
3039 //   StoreB[i+3]
3040 //
3041 // The 4 StoreB are merged into a single StoreI node. We have to be careful with RangeCheck[i+1]: before
3042 // the optimization, if this RangeCheck[i+1] fails, then we execute only StoreB[i+0], and then trap. After
3043 // the optimization, the new StoreI[i+0] is on the passing path of RangeCheck[i+3], and StoreB[i+0] on the
3044 // failing path.
3045 //
3046 // Note: For normal array stores, every store at first has a RangeCheck. But they can be removed with:
3047 //       - RCE (RangeCheck Elimination): the RangeChecks in the loop are hoisted out and before the loop,
3048 //                                       and possibly no RangeChecks remain between the stores.
3049 //       - RangeCheck smearing: the earlier RangeChecks are adjusted such that they cover later RangeChecks,
3050 //                              and those later RangeChecks can be removed. Example:
3051 //
3052 //                              RangeCheck[i+0]                         RangeCheck[i+0] <- before first store
3053 //                              StoreB[i+0]                             StoreB[i+0]     <- first store
3054 //                              RangeCheck[i+1]     --> smeared -->     RangeCheck[i+3] <- only RC between first and last store
3055 //                              StoreB[i+1]                             StoreB[i+1]     <- second store
3056 //                              RangeCheck[i+2]     --> removed
3057 //                              StoreB[i+2]                             StoreB[i+2]
3058 //                              RangeCheck[i+3]     --> removed
3059 //                              StoreB[i+3]                             StoreB[i+3]     <- last store
3060 //
3061 //                              Thus, it is a common pattern that between the first and last store in a chain
3062 //                              of adjacent stores there remains exactly one RangeCheck, located between the
3063 //                              first and the second store (e.g. RangeCheck[i+3]).
3064 //
3065 class MergePrimitiveStores : public StackObj {
3066 private:
3067   PhaseGVN* const _phase;
3068   StoreNode* const _store;
3069   // State machine with initial state Unknown
3070   // Allowed transitions:
3071   //   Unknown     -> Const
3072   //   Unknown     -> Platform
3073   //   Unknown     -> Reverse
3074   //   Unknown     -> NotAdjacent
3075   //   Const       -> Const
3076   //   Const       -> NotAdjacent
3077   //   Platform    -> Platform
3078   //   Platform    -> NotAdjacent
3079   //   Reverse     -> Reverse
3080   //   Reverse     -> NotAdjacent
3081   //   NotAdjacent -> NotAdjacent
3082   enum ValueOrder : uint8_t {
3083     Unknown,     // Initial state
3084     Const,       // Input values are const
3085     Platform,    // Platform order
3086     Reverse,     // Reverse platform order
3087     NotAdjacent  // Not adjacent
3088   };
3089   ValueOrder  _value_order;
3090 
3091   NOT_PRODUCT( const CHeapBitMap &_trace_tags; )
3092 
3093 public:
3094   MergePrimitiveStores(PhaseGVN* phase, StoreNode* store) :
3095     _phase(phase), _store(store), _value_order(ValueOrder::Unknown)
3096     NOT_PRODUCT( COMMA _trace_tags(Compile::current()->directive()->trace_merge_stores_tags()) )
3097     {}
3098 
3099   StoreNode* run();
3100 
3101 private:
3102   bool is_compatible_store(const StoreNode* other_store) const;
3103   bool is_adjacent_pair(const StoreNode* use_store, const StoreNode* def_store) const;
3104   bool is_adjacent_input_pair(const Node* n1, const Node* n2, const int memory_size) const;
3105   static bool is_con_RShift(const Node* n, Node const*& base_out, jint& shift_out, PhaseGVN* phase);
3106   enum CFGStatus { SuccessNoRangeCheck, SuccessWithRangeCheck, Failure };
3107   static CFGStatus cfg_status_for_pair(const StoreNode* use_store, const StoreNode* def_store);
3108 
3109   class Status {
3110   private:
3111     StoreNode* _found_store;
3112     bool       _found_range_check;
3113 
3114     Status(StoreNode* found_store, bool found_range_check)
3115       : _found_store(found_store), _found_range_check(found_range_check) {}
3116 
3117   public:
3118     StoreNode* found_store() const { return _found_store; }
3119     bool found_range_check() const { return _found_range_check; }
3120     static Status make_failure() { return Status(nullptr, false); }
3121 
3122     static Status make(StoreNode* found_store, const CFGStatus cfg_status) {
3123       if (cfg_status == CFGStatus::Failure) {
3124         return Status::make_failure();
3125       }
3126       return Status(found_store, cfg_status == CFGStatus::SuccessWithRangeCheck);
3127     }
3128 
3129 #ifndef PRODUCT
3130     void print_on(outputStream* st) const {
3131       if (_found_store == nullptr) {
3132         st->print_cr("None");
3133       } else {
3134         st->print_cr("Found[%d %s, %s]", _found_store->_idx, _found_store->Name(),
3135                                          _found_range_check ? "RC" : "no-RC");
3136       }
3137     }
3138 #endif
3139   };
3140 
3141   enum ValueOrder find_adjacent_input_value_order(const Node* n1, const Node* n2, const int memory_size) const;
3142   Status find_adjacent_use_store(const StoreNode* def_store) const;
3143   Status find_adjacent_def_store(const StoreNode* use_store) const;
3144   Status find_use_store(const StoreNode* def_store) const;
3145   Status find_def_store(const StoreNode* use_store) const;
3146   Status find_use_store_unidirectional(const StoreNode* def_store) const;
3147   Status find_def_store_unidirectional(const StoreNode* use_store) const;
3148 
3149   void collect_merge_list(Node_List& merge_list) const;
3150   Node* make_merged_input_value(const Node_List& merge_list);
3151   StoreNode* make_merged_store(const Node_List& merge_list, Node* merged_input_value);
3152 
3153 #ifndef PRODUCT
3154   // Access to TraceMergeStores tags
3155   bool is_trace(TraceMergeStores::Tag tag) const {
3156     return _trace_tags.at(tag);
3157   }
3158 
3159   bool is_trace_basic() const {
3160     return is_trace(TraceMergeStores::Tag::BASIC);
3161   }
3162 
3163   bool is_trace_pointer_parsing() const {
3164     return is_trace(TraceMergeStores::Tag::POINTER_PARSING);
3165   }
3166 
3167   bool is_trace_pointer_aliasing() const {
3168     return is_trace(TraceMergeStores::Tag::POINTER_ALIASING);
3169   }
3170 
3171   bool is_trace_pointer_adjacency() const {
3172     return is_trace(TraceMergeStores::Tag::POINTER_ADJACENCY);
3173   }
3174 
3175   bool is_trace_success() const {
3176     return is_trace(TraceMergeStores::Tag::SUCCESS);
3177   }
3178 #endif
3179 
3180   NOT_PRODUCT( void trace(const Node_List& merge_list, const Node* merged_input_value, const StoreNode* merged_store) const; )
3181 };
3182 
3183 StoreNode* MergePrimitiveStores::run() {
3184   // Check for B/S/C/I
3185   int opc = _store->Opcode();
3186   if (opc != Op_StoreB && opc != Op_StoreC && opc != Op_StoreI) {
3187     return nullptr;
3188   }
3189 
3190   NOT_PRODUCT( if (is_trace_basic()) { tty->print("[TraceMergeStores] MergePrimitiveStores::run: "); _store->dump(); })
3191 
3192   // The _store must be the "last" store in a chain. If we find a use we could merge with
3193   // then that use or a store further down is the "last" store.
3194   Status status_use = find_adjacent_use_store(_store);
3195   NOT_PRODUCT( if (is_trace_basic()) { tty->print("[TraceMergeStores] expect no use: "); status_use.print_on(tty); })
3196   if (status_use.found_store() != nullptr) {
3197     return nullptr;
3198   }
3199 
3200   // Check if we can merge with at least one def, so that we have at least 2 stores to merge.
3201   Status status_def = find_adjacent_def_store(_store);
3202   NOT_PRODUCT( if (is_trace_basic()) { tty->print("[TraceMergeStores] expect def: "); status_def.print_on(tty); })
3203   Node* def_store = status_def.found_store();
3204   if (def_store == nullptr) {
3205     return nullptr;
3206   }
3207 
3208   // Initialize value order
3209   _value_order = find_adjacent_input_value_order(def_store->in(MemNode::ValueIn),
3210                                                  _store->in(MemNode::ValueIn),
3211                                                  _store->memory_size());
3212   assert(_value_order != ValueOrder::NotAdjacent && _value_order != ValueOrder::Unknown, "Order should be checked");
3213 
3214   ResourceMark rm;
3215   Node_List merge_list;
3216   collect_merge_list(merge_list);
3217 
3218   Node* merged_input_value = make_merged_input_value(merge_list);
3219   if (merged_input_value == nullptr) { return nullptr; }
3220 
3221   StoreNode* merged_store = make_merged_store(merge_list, merged_input_value);
3222 
3223   NOT_PRODUCT( if (is_trace_success()) { trace(merge_list, merged_input_value, merged_store); } )
3224 
3225   return merged_store;
3226 }
3227 
3228 // Check compatibility between _store and other_store.
3229 bool MergePrimitiveStores::is_compatible_store(const StoreNode* other_store) const {
3230   int opc = _store->Opcode();
3231   assert(opc == Op_StoreB || opc == Op_StoreC || opc == Op_StoreI, "precondition");
3232 
3233   if (other_store == nullptr ||
3234       _store->Opcode() != other_store->Opcode()) {
3235     return false;
3236   }
3237 
3238   return true;
3239 }
3240 
3241 bool MergePrimitiveStores::is_adjacent_pair(const StoreNode* use_store, const StoreNode* def_store) const {
3242   if (!is_adjacent_input_pair(def_store->in(MemNode::ValueIn),
3243                               use_store->in(MemNode::ValueIn),
3244                               def_store->memory_size())) {
3245     return false;
3246   }
3247 
3248   ResourceMark rm;
3249 #ifndef PRODUCT
3250   const TraceMemPointer trace(is_trace_pointer_parsing(),
3251                               is_trace_pointer_aliasing(),
3252                               is_trace_pointer_adjacency(),
3253                               true);
3254 #endif
3255   const MemPointer pointer_use(use_store NOT_PRODUCT(COMMA trace));
3256   const MemPointer pointer_def(def_store NOT_PRODUCT(COMMA trace));
3257   return pointer_def.is_adjacent_to_and_before(pointer_use);
3258 }
3259 
3260 // Check input values n1 and n2 can be merged and return the value order
3261 MergePrimitiveStores::ValueOrder MergePrimitiveStores::find_adjacent_input_value_order(const Node* n1, const Node* n2,
3262                                                                                        const int memory_size) const {
3263   // Pattern: [n1 = ConI, n2 = ConI]
3264   if (n1->Opcode() == Op_ConI && n2->Opcode() == Op_ConI) {
3265     return ValueOrder::Const;
3266   }
3267 
3268   Node const *base_n2;
3269   jint shift_n2;
3270   if (!is_con_RShift(n2, base_n2, shift_n2, _phase)) {
3271     return ValueOrder::NotAdjacent;
3272   }
3273   Node const *base_n1;
3274   jint shift_n1;
3275   if (!is_con_RShift(n1, base_n1, shift_n1, _phase)) {
3276     return ValueOrder::NotAdjacent;
3277   }
3278 
3279   int bits_per_store = memory_size * 8;
3280   if (base_n1 != base_n2 ||
3281       abs(shift_n1 - shift_n2) != bits_per_store ||
3282       shift_n1 % bits_per_store != 0) {
3283     // Values are not adjacent
3284     return ValueOrder::NotAdjacent;
3285   }
3286 
3287   // Detect value order
3288 #ifdef VM_LITTLE_ENDIAN
3289   return shift_n1 < shift_n2 ? ValueOrder::Platform     // Pattern: [n1 = base >> shift, n2 = base >> (shift + memory_size)]
3290                              : ValueOrder::Reverse;     // Pattern: [n1 = base >> (shift + memory_size), n2 = base >> shift]
3291 #else
3292   return shift_n1 > shift_n2 ? ValueOrder::Platform     // Pattern: [n1 = base >> (shift + memory_size), n2 = base >> shift]
3293                              : ValueOrder::Reverse;     // Pattern: [n1 = base >> shift, n2 = base >> (shift + memory_size)]
3294 #endif
3295 }
3296 
3297 bool MergePrimitiveStores::is_adjacent_input_pair(const Node* n1, const Node* n2, const int memory_size) const {
3298   ValueOrder input_value_order = find_adjacent_input_value_order(n1, n2, memory_size);
3299 
3300   switch (input_value_order) {
3301     case ValueOrder::NotAdjacent:
3302       return false;
3303     case ValueOrder::Reverse:
3304       if (memory_size != 1 ||
3305           !Matcher::match_rule_supported(Op_ReverseBytesS) ||
3306           !Matcher::match_rule_supported(Op_ReverseBytesI) ||
3307           !Matcher::match_rule_supported(Op_ReverseBytesL)) {
3308         // ReverseBytes are not supported by platform
3309         return false;
3310       }
3311       // fall-through.
3312     case ValueOrder::Const:
3313     case ValueOrder::Platform:
3314       if (_value_order == ValueOrder::Unknown) {
3315         // Initial state is Unknown, and we find a valid input value order
3316         return true;
3317       }
3318       // The value order can not be changed
3319       return _value_order == input_value_order;
3320     case ValueOrder::Unknown:
3321     default:
3322       ShouldNotReachHere();
3323   }
3324   return false;
3325 }
3326 
3327 // Detect pattern: n = base_out >> shift_out
3328 bool MergePrimitiveStores::is_con_RShift(const Node* n, Node const*& base_out, jint& shift_out, PhaseGVN* phase) {
3329   assert(n != nullptr, "precondition");
3330 
3331   int opc = n->Opcode();
3332   if (opc == Op_ConvL2I) {
3333     n = n->in(1);
3334     opc = n->Opcode();
3335   }
3336 
3337   if ((opc == Op_RShiftI ||
3338        opc == Op_RShiftL ||
3339        opc == Op_URShiftI ||
3340        opc == Op_URShiftL) &&
3341       n->in(2)->is_ConI()) {
3342     base_out = n->in(1);
3343     shift_out = n->in(2)->get_int();
3344     // The shift must be positive:
3345     return shift_out >= 0;
3346   }
3347 
3348   if (phase->type(n)->isa_int()  != nullptr ||
3349       phase->type(n)->isa_long() != nullptr) {
3350     // (base >> 0)
3351     base_out = n;
3352     shift_out = 0;
3353     return true;
3354   }
3355   return false;
3356 }
3357 
3358 // Check if there is nothing between the two stores, except optionally a RangeCheck leading to an uncommon trap.
3359 MergePrimitiveStores::CFGStatus MergePrimitiveStores::cfg_status_for_pair(const StoreNode* use_store, const StoreNode* def_store) {
3360   assert(use_store->in(MemNode::Memory) == def_store, "use-def relationship");
3361 
3362   Node* ctrl_use = use_store->in(MemNode::Control);
3363   Node* ctrl_def = def_store->in(MemNode::Control);
3364   if (ctrl_use == nullptr || ctrl_def == nullptr) {
3365     return CFGStatus::Failure;
3366   }
3367 
3368   if (ctrl_use == ctrl_def) {
3369     // Same ctrl -> no RangeCheck in between.
3370     // Check: use_store must be the only use of def_store.
3371     if (def_store->outcnt() > 1) {
3372       return CFGStatus::Failure;
3373     }
3374     return CFGStatus::SuccessNoRangeCheck;
3375   }
3376 
3377   // Different ctrl -> could have RangeCheck in between.
3378   // Check: 1. def_store only has these uses: use_store and MergeMem for uncommon trap, and
3379   //        2. ctrl separated by RangeCheck.
3380   if (def_store->outcnt() != 2) {
3381     return CFGStatus::Failure; // Cannot have exactly these uses: use_store and MergeMem for uncommon trap.
3382   }
3383   int use_store_out_idx = def_store->raw_out(0) == use_store ? 0 : 1;
3384   Node* merge_mem = def_store->raw_out(1 - use_store_out_idx)->isa_MergeMem();
3385   if (merge_mem == nullptr ||
3386       merge_mem->outcnt() != 1) {
3387     return CFGStatus::Failure; // Does not have MergeMem for uncommon trap.
3388   }
3389   if (!ctrl_use->is_IfProj() ||
3390       !ctrl_use->in(0)->is_RangeCheck() ||
3391       ctrl_use->in(0)->outcnt() != 2) {
3392     return CFGStatus::Failure; // Not RangeCheck.
3393   }
3394   IfProjNode* other_proj = ctrl_use->as_IfProj()->other_if_proj();
3395   Node* trap = other_proj->is_uncommon_trap_proj(Deoptimization::Reason_range_check);
3396   if (trap != merge_mem->unique_out() ||
3397       ctrl_use->in(0)->in(0) != ctrl_def) {
3398     return CFGStatus::Failure; // Not RangeCheck with merge_mem leading to uncommon trap.
3399   }
3400 
3401   return CFGStatus::SuccessWithRangeCheck;
3402 }
3403 
3404 MergePrimitiveStores::Status MergePrimitiveStores::find_adjacent_use_store(const StoreNode* def_store) const {
3405   Status status_use = find_use_store(def_store);
3406   StoreNode* use_store = status_use.found_store();
3407   if (use_store != nullptr && !is_adjacent_pair(use_store, def_store)) {
3408     return Status::make_failure();
3409   }
3410   return status_use;
3411 }
3412 
3413 MergePrimitiveStores::Status MergePrimitiveStores::find_adjacent_def_store(const StoreNode* use_store) const {
3414   Status status_def = find_def_store(use_store);
3415   StoreNode* def_store = status_def.found_store();
3416   if (def_store != nullptr && !is_adjacent_pair(use_store, def_store)) {
3417     return Status::make_failure();
3418   }
3419   return status_def;
3420 }
3421 
3422 MergePrimitiveStores::Status MergePrimitiveStores::find_use_store(const StoreNode* def_store) const {
3423   Status status_use = find_use_store_unidirectional(def_store);
3424 
3425 #ifdef ASSERT
3426   StoreNode* use_store = status_use.found_store();
3427   if (use_store != nullptr) {
3428     Status status_def = find_def_store_unidirectional(use_store);
3429     assert(status_def.found_store() == def_store &&
3430            status_def.found_range_check() == status_use.found_range_check(),
3431            "find_use_store and find_def_store must be symmetric");
3432   }
3433 #endif
3434 
3435   return status_use;
3436 }
3437 
3438 MergePrimitiveStores::Status MergePrimitiveStores::find_def_store(const StoreNode* use_store) const {
3439   Status status_def = find_def_store_unidirectional(use_store);
3440 
3441 #ifdef ASSERT
3442   StoreNode* def_store = status_def.found_store();
3443   if (def_store != nullptr) {
3444     Status status_use = find_use_store_unidirectional(def_store);
3445     assert(status_use.found_store() == use_store &&
3446            status_use.found_range_check() == status_def.found_range_check(),
3447            "find_use_store and find_def_store must be symmetric");
3448   }
3449 #endif
3450 
3451   return status_def;
3452 }
3453 
3454 MergePrimitiveStores::Status MergePrimitiveStores::find_use_store_unidirectional(const StoreNode* def_store) const {
3455   assert(is_compatible_store(def_store), "precondition: must be compatible with _store");
3456 
3457   for (DUIterator_Fast imax, i = def_store->fast_outs(imax); i < imax; i++) {
3458     StoreNode* use_store = def_store->fast_out(i)->isa_Store();
3459     if (is_compatible_store(use_store)) {
3460       return Status::make(use_store, cfg_status_for_pair(use_store, def_store));
3461     }
3462   }
3463 
3464   return Status::make_failure();
3465 }
3466 
3467 MergePrimitiveStores::Status MergePrimitiveStores::find_def_store_unidirectional(const StoreNode* use_store) const {
3468   assert(is_compatible_store(use_store), "precondition: must be compatible with _store");
3469 
3470   StoreNode* def_store = use_store->in(MemNode::Memory)->isa_Store();
3471   if (!is_compatible_store(def_store)) {
3472     return Status::make_failure();
3473   }
3474 
3475   return Status::make(def_store, cfg_status_for_pair(use_store, def_store));
3476 }
3477 
3478 void MergePrimitiveStores::collect_merge_list(Node_List& merge_list) const {
3479   // The merged store can be at most 8 bytes.
3480   const uint merge_list_max_size = 8 / _store->memory_size();
3481   assert(merge_list_max_size >= 2 &&
3482          merge_list_max_size <= 8 &&
3483          is_power_of_2(merge_list_max_size),
3484          "must be 2, 4 or 8");
3485 
3486   // Traverse up the chain of adjacent def stores.
3487   StoreNode* current = _store;
3488   merge_list.push(current);
3489   while (current != nullptr && merge_list.size() < merge_list_max_size) {
3490     Status status = find_adjacent_def_store(current);
3491     NOT_PRODUCT( if (is_trace_basic()) { tty->print("[TraceMergeStores] find def: "); status.print_on(tty); })
3492 
3493     current = status.found_store();
3494     if (current != nullptr) {
3495       merge_list.push(current);
3496 
3497       // We can have at most one RangeCheck.
3498       if (status.found_range_check()) {
3499         NOT_PRODUCT( if (is_trace_basic()) { tty->print_cr("[TraceMergeStores] found RangeCheck, stop traversal."); })
3500         break;
3501       }
3502     }
3503   }
3504 
3505   NOT_PRODUCT( if (is_trace_basic()) { tty->print_cr("[TraceMergeStores] found:"); merge_list.dump(); })
3506 
3507   // Truncate the merge_list to a power of 2.
3508   const uint pow2size = round_down_power_of_2(merge_list.size());
3509   assert(pow2size >= 2, "must be merging at least 2 stores");
3510   while (merge_list.size() > pow2size) { merge_list.pop(); }
3511 
3512   NOT_PRODUCT( if (is_trace_basic()) { tty->print_cr("[TraceMergeStores] truncated:"); merge_list.dump(); })
3513 }
3514 
3515 // Merge the input values of the smaller stores to a single larger input value.
3516 Node* MergePrimitiveStores::make_merged_input_value(const Node_List& merge_list) {
3517   int new_memory_size = _store->memory_size() * merge_list.size();
3518   Node* first = merge_list.at(merge_list.size()-1);
3519   Node* merged_input_value = nullptr;
3520   if (_store->in(MemNode::ValueIn)->Opcode() == Op_ConI) {
3521     assert(_value_order == ValueOrder::Const, "must match");
3522     // Pattern: [ConI, ConI, ...] -> new constant
3523     jlong con = 0;
3524     jlong bits_per_store = _store->memory_size() * 8;
3525     jlong mask = (((jlong)1) << bits_per_store) - 1;
3526     for (uint i = 0; i < merge_list.size(); i++) {
3527       jlong con_i = merge_list.at(i)->in(MemNode::ValueIn)->get_int();
3528 #ifdef VM_LITTLE_ENDIAN
3529       con = con << bits_per_store;
3530       con = con | (mask & con_i);
3531 #else // VM_LITTLE_ENDIAN
3532       con_i = (mask & con_i) << (i * bits_per_store);
3533       con = con | con_i;
3534 #endif // VM_LITTLE_ENDIAN
3535     }
3536     merged_input_value = _phase->longcon(con);
3537   } else {
3538     assert(_value_order == ValueOrder::Platform || _value_order == ValueOrder::Reverse, "must match");
3539     // Pattern: [base >> 24, base >> 16, base >> 8, base] -> base
3540     //             |                                  |
3541     //           _store                             first
3542     //
3543     Node* hi = _store->in(MemNode::ValueIn);
3544     Node* lo = first->in(MemNode::ValueIn);
3545 #ifndef VM_LITTLE_ENDIAN
3546     // `_store` and `first` are swapped in the diagram above
3547     swap(hi, lo);
3548 #endif // !VM_LITTLE_ENDIAN
3549     if (_value_order == ValueOrder::Reverse) {
3550       swap(hi, lo);
3551     }
3552     Node const* hi_base;
3553     jint hi_shift;
3554     merged_input_value = lo;
3555     bool is_true = is_con_RShift(hi, hi_base, hi_shift, _phase);
3556     assert(is_true, "must detect con RShift");
3557     if (merged_input_value != hi_base && merged_input_value->Opcode() == Op_ConvL2I) {
3558       // look through
3559       merged_input_value = merged_input_value->in(1);
3560     }
3561     if (merged_input_value != hi_base) {
3562       // merged_input_value is not the base
3563       return nullptr;
3564     }
3565   }
3566 
3567   if (_phase->type(merged_input_value)->isa_long() != nullptr && new_memory_size <= 4) {
3568     // Example:
3569     //
3570     //   long base = ...;
3571     //   a[0] = (byte)(base >> 0);
3572     //   a[1] = (byte)(base >> 8);
3573     //
3574     merged_input_value = _phase->transform(new ConvL2INode(merged_input_value));
3575   }
3576 
3577   assert((_phase->type(merged_input_value)->isa_int() != nullptr && new_memory_size <= 4) ||
3578          (_phase->type(merged_input_value)->isa_long() != nullptr && new_memory_size == 8),
3579          "merged_input_value is either int or long, and new_memory_size is small enough");
3580 
3581   if (_value_order == ValueOrder::Reverse) {
3582     assert(_store->memory_size() == 1, "only implemented for bytes");
3583     if (new_memory_size == 8) {
3584       merged_input_value = _phase->transform(new ReverseBytesLNode(merged_input_value));
3585     } else if (new_memory_size == 4) {
3586       merged_input_value = _phase->transform(new ReverseBytesINode(merged_input_value));
3587     } else {
3588       assert(new_memory_size == 2, "sanity check");
3589       merged_input_value = _phase->transform(new ReverseBytesSNode(merged_input_value));
3590     }
3591   }
3592   return merged_input_value;
3593 }
3594 
3595 //                                                                                                          //
3596 // first_ctrl    first_mem   first_adr                first_ctrl    first_mem         first_adr             //
3597 //  |                |           |                     |                |                 |                 //
3598 //  |                |           |                     |                +---------------+ |                 //
3599 //  |                |           |                     |                |               | |                 //
3600 //  |                | +---------+                     |                | +---------------+                 //
3601 //  |                | |                               |                | |             | |                 //
3602 //  +--------------+ | |  v1                           +------------------------------+ | |  v1             //
3603 //  |              | | |  |                            |                | |           | | |  |              //
3604 // RangeCheck     first_store                         RangeCheck        | |          first_store            //
3605 //  |                |  |                              |                | |                |                //
3606 // last_ctrl         |  +----> unc_trap               last_ctrl         | |                +----> unc_trap  //
3607 //  |                |                       ===>      |                | |                                 //
3608 //  +--------------+ | a2 v2                           |                | |                                 //
3609 //  |              | | |  |                            |                | |                                 //
3610 //  |             second_store                         |                | |                                 //
3611 //  |                |                                 |                | | [v1 v2   ...   vn]              //
3612 // ...              ...                                |                | |         |                       //
3613 //  |                |                                 |                | |         v                       //
3614 //  +--------------+ | an vn                           +--------------+ | | merged_input_value              //
3615 //                 | | |  |                                           | | |  |                              //
3616 //                last_store (= _store)                              merged_store                           //
3617 //                                                                                                          //
3618 StoreNode* MergePrimitiveStores::make_merged_store(const Node_List& merge_list, Node* merged_input_value) {
3619   Node* first_store = merge_list.at(merge_list.size()-1);
3620   Node* last_ctrl   = _store->in(MemNode::Control); // after (optional) RangeCheck
3621   Node* first_mem   = first_store->in(MemNode::Memory);
3622   Node* first_adr   = first_store->in(MemNode::Address);
3623 
3624   const TypePtr* new_adr_type = _store->adr_type();
3625 
3626   int new_memory_size = _store->memory_size() * merge_list.size();
3627   BasicType bt = T_ILLEGAL;
3628   switch (new_memory_size) {
3629     case 2: bt = T_SHORT; break;
3630     case 4: bt = T_INT;   break;
3631     case 8: bt = T_LONG;  break;
3632   }
3633 
3634   StoreNode* merged_store = StoreNode::make(*_phase, last_ctrl, first_mem, first_adr,
3635                                             new_adr_type, merged_input_value, bt, MemNode::unordered);
3636 
3637   // Marking the store mismatched is sufficient to prevent reordering, since array stores
3638   // are all on the same slice. Hence, we need no barriers.
3639   merged_store->set_mismatched_access();
3640 
3641   // Constants above may now also be be packed -> put candidate on worklist
3642   _phase->is_IterGVN()->_worklist.push(first_mem);
3643 
3644   return merged_store;
3645 }
3646 
3647 #ifndef PRODUCT
3648 void MergePrimitiveStores::trace(const Node_List& merge_list, const Node* merged_input_value, const StoreNode* merged_store) const {
3649   stringStream ss;
3650   ss.print_cr("[TraceMergeStores]: Replace");
3651   for (int i = (int)merge_list.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
3652     merge_list.at(i)->dump("\n", false, &ss);
3653   }
3654   ss.print_cr("[TraceMergeStores]: with");
3655   merged_input_value->dump("\n", false, &ss);
3656   merged_store->dump("\n", false, &ss);
3657   tty->print("%s", ss.as_string());
3658 }
3659 #endif
3660 
3661 //------------------------------Ideal------------------------------------------
3662 // Change back-to-back Store(, p, x) -> Store(m, p, y) to Store(m, p, x).
3663 // When a store immediately follows a relevant allocation/initialization,
3664 // try to capture it into the initialization, or hoist it above.
3665 Node *StoreNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN *phase, bool can_reshape) {
3666   Node* p = MemNode::Ideal_common(phase, can_reshape);
3667   if (p)  return (p == NodeSentinel) ? nullptr : p;
3668 
3669   Node* mem     = in(MemNode::Memory);
3670   Node* address = in(MemNode::Address);
3671   Node* value   = in(MemNode::ValueIn);
3672   // Back-to-back stores to same address?  Fold em up.  Generally
3673   // unsafe if I have intervening uses...
3674   if (phase->C->get_adr_type(phase->C->get_alias_index(adr_type())) != TypeAryPtr::INLINES) {
3675     Node* st = mem;
3676     // If Store 'st' has more than one use, we cannot fold 'st' away.
3677     // For example, 'st' might be the final state at a conditional
3678     // return.  Or, 'st' might be used by some node which is live at
3679     // the same time 'st' is live, which might be unschedulable.  So,
3680     // require exactly ONE user until such time as we clone 'mem' for
3681     // each of 'mem's uses (thus making the exactly-1-user-rule hold
3682     // true).
3683     while (st->is_Store() && st->outcnt() == 1) {
3684       // Looking at a dead closed cycle of memory?
3685       assert(st != st->in(MemNode::Memory), "dead loop in StoreNode::Ideal");
3686       assert(Opcode() == st->Opcode() ||
3687              st->Opcode() == Op_StoreVector ||
3688              Opcode() == Op_StoreVector ||
3689              st->Opcode() == Op_StoreVectorScatter ||
3690              Opcode() == Op_StoreVectorScatter ||
3691              phase->C->get_alias_index(adr_type()) == Compile::AliasIdxRaw ||
3692              (Opcode() == Op_StoreL && st->Opcode() == Op_StoreI) || // expanded ClearArrayNode
3693              (Opcode() == Op_StoreI && st->Opcode() == Op_StoreL) || // initialization by arraycopy
3694              (Opcode() == Op_StoreL && st->Opcode() == Op_StoreN) ||
3695              (st->adr_type()->isa_aryptr() && st->adr_type()->is_aryptr()->is_flat()) || // TODO 8343835
3696              (is_mismatched_access() || st->as_Store()->is_mismatched_access()),
3697              "no mismatched stores, except on raw memory: %s %s", NodeClassNames[Opcode()], NodeClassNames[st->Opcode()]);
3698 
3699       if (st->in(MemNode::Address)->eqv_uncast(address) &&
3700           st->as_Store()->memory_size() <= this->memory_size()) {
3701         Node* use = st->raw_out(0);
3702         if (phase->is_IterGVN()) {
3703           phase->is_IterGVN()->rehash_node_delayed(use);
3704         }
3705         // It's OK to do this in the parser, since DU info is always accurate,
3706         // and the parser always refers to nodes via SafePointNode maps.
3707         use->set_req_X(MemNode::Memory, st->in(MemNode::Memory), phase);
3708         return this;
3709       }
3710       st = st->in(MemNode::Memory);
3711     }
3712   }
3713 
3714 
3715   // Capture an unaliased, unconditional, simple store into an initializer.
3716   // Or, if it is independent of the allocation, hoist it above the allocation.
3717   if (ReduceFieldZeroing && /*can_reshape &&*/
3718       mem->is_Proj() && mem->in(0)->is_Initialize()) {
3719     InitializeNode* init = mem->in(0)->as_Initialize();
3720     intptr_t offset = init->can_capture_store(this, phase, can_reshape);
3721     if (offset > 0) {
3722       Node* moved = init->capture_store(this, offset, phase, can_reshape);
3723       // If the InitializeNode captured me, it made a raw copy of me,
3724       // and I need to disappear.
3725       if (moved != nullptr) {
3726         // %%% hack to ensure that Ideal returns a new node:
3727         mem = MergeMemNode::make(mem);
3728         return mem;             // fold me away
3729       }
3730     }
3731   }
3732 
3733   // Fold reinterpret cast into memory operation:
3734   //    StoreX mem (MoveY2X v) => StoreY mem v
3735   if (value->is_Move()) {
3736     const Type* vt = value->in(1)->bottom_type();
3737     if (has_reinterpret_variant(vt)) {
3738       if (phase->C->post_loop_opts_phase()) {
3739         return convert_to_reinterpret_store(*phase, value->in(1), vt);
3740       } else {
3741         phase->C->record_for_post_loop_opts_igvn(this); // attempt the transformation once loop opts are over
3742       }
3743     }
3744   }
3745 
3746   if (MergeStores && UseUnalignedAccesses) {
3747     if (phase->C->merge_stores_phase()) {
3748       MergePrimitiveStores merge(phase, this);
3749       Node* progress = merge.run();
3750       if (progress != nullptr) { return progress; }
3751     } else {
3752       // We need to wait with merging stores until RangeCheck smearing has removed the RangeChecks during
3753       // the post loops IGVN phase. If we do it earlier, then there may still be some RangeChecks between
3754       // the stores, and we merge the wrong sequence of stores.
3755       // Example:
3756       //   StoreI RangeCheck StoreI StoreI RangeCheck StoreI
3757       // Apply MergeStores:
3758       //   StoreI RangeCheck [   StoreL  ] RangeCheck StoreI
3759       // Remove more RangeChecks:
3760       //   StoreI            [   StoreL  ]            StoreI
3761       // But now it would have been better to do this instead:
3762       //   [         StoreL       ] [       StoreL         ]
3763       phase->C->record_for_merge_stores_igvn(this);
3764     }
3765   }
3766 
3767   return nullptr;                  // No further progress
3768 }
3769 
3770 //------------------------------Value-----------------------------------------
3771 const Type* StoreNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
3772   // Either input is TOP ==> the result is TOP
3773   const Type *t1 = phase->type( in(MemNode::Memory) );
3774   if( t1 == Type::TOP ) return Type::TOP;
3775   const Type *t2 = phase->type( in(MemNode::Address) );
3776   if( t2 == Type::TOP ) return Type::TOP;
3777   const Type *t3 = phase->type( in(MemNode::ValueIn) );
3778   if( t3 == Type::TOP ) return Type::TOP;
3779   return Type::MEMORY;
3780 }
3781 
3782 //------------------------------Identity---------------------------------------
3783 // Remove redundant stores:
3784 //   Store(m, p, Load(m, p)) changes to m.
3785 //   Store(, p, x) -> Store(m, p, x) changes to Store(m, p, x).
3786 Node* StoreNode::Identity(PhaseGVN* phase) {
3787   Node* mem = in(MemNode::Memory);
3788   Node* adr = in(MemNode::Address);
3789   Node* val = in(MemNode::ValueIn);
3790 
3791   Node* result = this;
3792 
3793   // Load then Store?  Then the Store is useless
3794   if (val->is_Load() &&
3795       val->in(MemNode::Address)->eqv_uncast(adr) &&
3796       val->in(MemNode::Memory )->eqv_uncast(mem) &&
3797       val->as_Load()->store_Opcode() == Opcode()) {
3798     // Ensure vector type is the same
3799     if (!is_StoreVector() || (mem->is_LoadVector() && as_StoreVector()->vect_type() == mem->as_LoadVector()->vect_type())) {
3800       result = mem;
3801     }
3802   }
3803 
3804   // Two stores in a row of the same value?
3805   if (result == this &&
3806       mem->is_Store() &&
3807       mem->in(MemNode::Address)->eqv_uncast(adr) &&
3808       mem->in(MemNode::ValueIn)->eqv_uncast(val) &&
3809       mem->Opcode() == Opcode()) {
3810     if (!is_StoreVector()) {
3811       result = mem;
3812     } else {
3813       const StoreVectorNode* store_vector = as_StoreVector();
3814       const StoreVectorNode* mem_vector = mem->as_StoreVector();
3815       const Node* store_indices = store_vector->indices();
3816       const Node* mem_indices = mem_vector->indices();
3817       const Node* store_mask = store_vector->mask();
3818       const Node* mem_mask = mem_vector->mask();
3819       // Ensure types, indices, and masks match
3820       if (store_vector->vect_type() == mem_vector->vect_type() &&
3821           ((store_indices == nullptr) == (mem_indices == nullptr) &&
3822            (store_indices == nullptr || store_indices->eqv_uncast(mem_indices))) &&
3823           ((store_mask == nullptr) == (mem_mask == nullptr) &&
3824            (store_mask == nullptr || store_mask->eqv_uncast(mem_mask)))) {
3825         result = mem;
3826       }
3827     }
3828   }
3829 
3830   // Store of zero anywhere into a freshly-allocated object?
3831   // Then the store is useless.
3832   // (It must already have been captured by the InitializeNode.)
3833   if (result == this && ReduceFieldZeroing) {
3834     // a newly allocated object is already all-zeroes everywhere
3835     if (mem->is_Proj() && mem->in(0)->is_Allocate() &&
3836         (phase->type(val)->is_zero_type() || mem->in(0)->in(AllocateNode::InitValue) == val)) {
3837       result = mem;
3838     }
3839 
3840     if (result == this && phase->type(val)->is_zero_type()) {
3841       // the store may also apply to zero-bits in an earlier object
3842       Node* prev_mem = find_previous_store(phase);
3843       // Steps (a), (b):  Walk past independent stores to find an exact match.
3844       if (prev_mem != nullptr) {
3845         Node* prev_val = can_see_stored_value(prev_mem, phase);
3846         if (prev_val != nullptr && prev_val == val) {
3847           // prev_val and val might differ by a cast; it would be good
3848           // to keep the more informative of the two.
3849           result = mem;
3850         }
3851       }
3852     }
3853   }
3854 
3855   PhaseIterGVN* igvn = phase->is_IterGVN();
3856   if (result != this && igvn != nullptr) {
3857     MemBarNode* trailing = trailing_membar();
3858     if (trailing != nullptr) {
3859 #ifdef ASSERT
3860       const TypeOopPtr* t_oop = phase->type(in(Address))->isa_oopptr();
3861       assert(t_oop == nullptr || t_oop->is_known_instance_field(), "only for non escaping objects");
3862 #endif
3863       trailing->remove(igvn);
3864     }
3865   }
3866 
3867   return result;
3868 }
3869 
3870 //------------------------------match_edge-------------------------------------
3871 // Do we Match on this edge index or not?  Match only memory & value
3872 uint StoreNode::match_edge(uint idx) const {
3873   return idx == MemNode::Address || idx == MemNode::ValueIn;
3874 }
3875 
3876 //------------------------------cmp--------------------------------------------
3877 // Do not common stores up together.  They generally have to be split
3878 // back up anyways, so do not bother.
3879 bool StoreNode::cmp( const Node &n ) const {
3880   return (&n == this);          // Always fail except on self
3881 }
3882 
3883 //------------------------------Ideal_masked_input-----------------------------
3884 // Check for a useless mask before a partial-word store
3885 // (StoreB ... (AndI valIn conIa) )
3886 // If (conIa & mask == mask) this simplifies to
3887 // (StoreB ... (valIn) )
3888 Node *StoreNode::Ideal_masked_input(PhaseGVN *phase, uint mask) {
3889   Node *val = in(MemNode::ValueIn);
3890   if( val->Opcode() == Op_AndI ) {
3891     const TypeInt *t = phase->type( val->in(2) )->isa_int();
3892     if( t && t->is_con() && (t->get_con() & mask) == mask ) {
3893       set_req_X(MemNode::ValueIn, val->in(1), phase);
3894       return this;
3895     }
3896   }
3897   return nullptr;
3898 }
3899 
3900 
3901 //------------------------------Ideal_sign_extended_input----------------------
3902 // Check for useless sign-extension before a partial-word store
3903 // (StoreB ... (RShiftI _ (LShiftI _ v conIL) conIR))
3904 // If (conIL == conIR && conIR <= num_rejected_bits) this simplifies to
3905 // (StoreB ... (v))
3906 // If (conIL > conIR) under some conditions, it can be simplified into
3907 // (StoreB ... (LShiftI _ v (conIL - conIR)))
3908 // This case happens when the value of the store was itself a left shift, that
3909 // gets merged into the inner left shift of the sign-extension. For instance,
3910 // if we have
3911 // array_of_shorts[0] = (short)(v << 2)
3912 // We get a structure such as:
3913 // (StoreB ... (RShiftI _ (LShiftI _ (LShiftI _ v 2) 16) 16))
3914 // that is simplified into
3915 // (StoreB ... (RShiftI _ (LShiftI _ v 18) 16)).
3916 // It is thus useful to handle cases where conIL > conIR. But this simplification
3917 // does not always hold. Let's see in which cases it's valid.
3918 //
3919 // Let's assume we have the following 32 bits integer v:
3920 // +----------------------------------+
3921 // |             v[0..31]             |
3922 // +----------------------------------+
3923 //  31                               0
3924 // that will be stuffed in 8 bits byte after a shift left and a shift right of
3925 // potentially different magnitudes.
3926 // We denote num_rejected_bits the number of bits of the discarded part. In this
3927 // case, num_rejected_bits == 24.
3928 //
3929 // Statement (proved further below in case analysis):
3930 //   Given:
3931 //   - 0 <= conIL < BitsPerJavaInteger   (no wrap in shift, enforced by maskShiftAmount)
3932 //   - 0 <= conIR < BitsPerJavaInteger   (no wrap in shift, enforced by maskShiftAmount)
3933 //   - conIL >= conIR
3934 //   - num_rejected_bits >= conIR
3935 //   Then this form:
3936 //      (RShiftI _ (LShiftI _ v conIL) conIR)
3937 //   can be replaced with this form:
3938 //      (LShiftI _ v (conIL-conIR))
3939 //
3940 // Note: We only have to show that the non-rejected lowest bits (8 bits for byte)
3941 //       have to be correct, as the higher bits are rejected / truncated by the store.
3942 //
3943 // The hypotheses
3944 //   0 <= conIL < BitsPerJavaInteger
3945 //   0 <= conIR < BitsPerJavaInteger
3946 // are ensured by maskShiftAmount (called from ::Ideal of shift nodes). Indeed,
3947 // (v << 31) << 2 must be simplified into 0, not into v << 33 (which is equivalent
3948 // to v << 1).
3949 //
3950 //
3951 // If you don't like case analysis, jump after the conclusion.
3952 // ### Case 1 : conIL == conIR
3953 // ###### Case 1.1: conIL == conIR == num_rejected_bits
3954 // If we do the shift left then right by 24 bits, we get:
3955 // after: v << 24
3956 // +---------+------------------------+
3957 // | v[0..7] |           0            |
3958 // +---------+------------------------+
3959 //  31     24 23                      0
3960 // after: (v << 24) >> 24
3961 // +------------------------+---------+
3962 // |        sign bit        | v[0..7] |
3963 // +------------------------+---------+
3964 //  31                     8 7        0
3965 // The non-rejected bits (bits kept by the store, that is the 8 lower bits of the
3966 // result) are the same before and after, so, indeed, simplifying is correct.
3967 
3968 // ###### Case 1.2: conIL == conIR < num_rejected_bits
3969 // If we do the shift left then right by 22 bits, we get:
3970 // after: v << 22
3971 // +---------+------------------------+
3972 // | v[0..9] |           0            |
3973 // +---------+------------------------+
3974 //  31     22 21                      0
3975 // after: (v << 22) >> 22
3976 // +------------------------+---------+
3977 // |        sign bit        | v[0..9] |
3978 // +------------------------+---------+
3979 //  31                    10 9        0
3980 // The non-rejected bits are the 8 lower bits of v. The bits 8 and 9 of v are still
3981 // present in (v << 22) >> 22 but will be dropped by the store. The simplification is
3982 // still correct.
3983 
3984 // ###### But! Case 1.3: conIL == conIR > num_rejected_bits
3985 // If we do the shift left then right by 26 bits, we get:
3986 // after: v << 26
3987 // +---------+------------------------+
3988 // | v[0..5] |           0            |
3989 // +---------+------------------------+
3990 //  31     26 25                      0
3991 // after: (v << 26) >> 26
3992 // +------------------------+---------+
3993 // |        sign bit        | v[0..5] |
3994 // +------------------------+---------+
3995 //  31                     6 5        0
3996 // The non-rejected bits are made of
3997 // - 0-5 => the bits 0 to 5 of v
3998 // - 6-7 => the sign bit of v[0..5] (that is v[5])
3999 // Simplifying this as v is not correct.
4000 // The condition conIR <= num_rejected_bits is indeed necessary in Case 1
4001 //
4002 // ### Case 2: conIL > conIR
4003 // ###### Case 2.1: num_rejected_bits == conIR
4004 // We take conIL == 26 for this example.
4005 // after: v << 26
4006 // +---------+------------------------+
4007 // | v[0..5] |           0            |
4008 // +---------+------------------------+
4009 //  31     26 25                      0
4010 // after: (v << 26) >> 24
4011 // +------------------+---------+-----+
4012 // |     sign bit     | v[0..5] |  0  |
4013 // +------------------+---------+-----+
4014 //  31               8 7       2 1   0
4015 // The non-rejected bits are the 8 lower ones of (v << conIL - conIR).
4016 // The bits 6 and 7 of v have been thrown away after the shift left.
4017 // The simplification is still correct.
4018 //
4019 // ###### Case 2.2: num_rejected_bits > conIR.
4020 // Let's say conIL == 26 and conIR == 22.
4021 // after: v << 26
4022 // +---------+------------------------+
4023 // | v[0..5] |           0            |
4024 // +---------+------------------------+
4025 //  31     26 25                      0
4026 // after: (v << 26) >> 22
4027 // +------------------+---------+-----+
4028 // |     sign bit     | v[0..5] |  0  |
4029 // +------------------+---------+-----+
4030 //  31              10 9       4 3   0
4031 // The bits non-rejected by the store are exactly the 8 lower ones of (v << (conIL - conIR)):
4032 // - 0-3 => 0
4033 // - 4-7 => bits 0 to 3 of v
4034 // The simplification is still correct.
4035 // The bits 4 and 5 of v are still present in (v << (conIL - conIR)) but they don't
4036 // matter as they are not in the 8 lower bits: they will be cut out by the store.
4037 //
4038 // ###### But! Case 2.3: num_rejected_bits < conIR.
4039 // Let's see that this case is not as easy to simplify.
4040 // Let's say conIL == 28 and conIR == 26.
4041 // after: v << 28
4042 // +---------+------------------------+
4043 // | v[0..3] |           0            |
4044 // +---------+------------------------+
4045 //  31     28 27                      0
4046 // after: (v << 28) >> 26
4047 // +------------------+---------+-----+
4048 // |     sign bit     | v[0..3] |  0  |
4049 // +------------------+---------+-----+
4050 //  31               6 5       2 1   0
4051 // The non-rejected bits are made of
4052 // - 0-1 => 0
4053 // - 2-5 => the bits 0 to 3 of v
4054 // - 6-7 => the sign bit of v[0..3] (that is v[3])
4055 // Simplifying this as (v << 2) is not correct.
4056 // The condition conIR <= num_rejected_bits is indeed necessary in Case 2.
4057 //
4058 // ### Conclusion:
4059 // Our hypotheses are indeed sufficient:
4060 //   - 0 <= conIL < BitsPerJavaInteger
4061 //   - 0 <= conIR < BitsPerJavaInteger
4062 //   - conIL >= conIR
4063 //   - num_rejected_bits >= conIR
4064 //
4065 // ### A rationale without case analysis:
4066 // After the shift left, conIL upper  bits of v are discarded and conIL lower bit
4067 // zeroes are added. After the shift right, conIR lower bits of the previous result
4068 // are discarded. If conIL >= conIR, we discard only the zeroes we made up during
4069 // the shift left, but if conIL < conIR, then we discard also lower bits of v. But
4070 // the point of the simplification is to get an expression of the form
4071 // (v << (conIL - conIR)). This expression discard only higher bits of v, thus the
4072 // simplification is not correct if conIL < conIR.
4073 //
4074 // Moreover, after the shift right, the higher bit of (v << conIL) is repeated on the
4075 // conIR higher bits of ((v << conIL) >> conIR), it's the sign-extension. If
4076 // conIR > num_rejected_bits, then at least one artificial copy of this sign bit will
4077 // be in the window of the store. Thus ((v << conIL) >> conIR) is not equivalent to
4078 // (v << (conIL-conIR)) if conIR > num_rejected_bits.
4079 //
4080 // We do not treat the case conIL < conIR here since the point of this function is
4081 // to skip sign-extensions (that is conIL == conIR == num_rejected_bits). The need
4082 // of treating conIL > conIR comes from the cases where the sign-extended value is
4083 // also left-shift expression. Computing the sign-extension of a right-shift expression
4084 // doesn't yield a situation such as
4085 // (StoreB ... (RShiftI _ (LShiftI _ v conIL) conIR))
4086 // where conIL < conIR.
4087 Node* StoreNode::Ideal_sign_extended_input(PhaseGVN* phase, int num_rejected_bits) {
4088   Node* shr = in(MemNode::ValueIn);
4089   if (shr->Opcode() == Op_RShiftI) {
4090     const TypeInt* conIR = phase->type(shr->in(2))->isa_int();
4091     if (conIR != nullptr && conIR->is_con() && conIR->get_con() >= 0 && conIR->get_con() < BitsPerJavaInteger && conIR->get_con() <= num_rejected_bits) {
4092       Node* shl = shr->in(1);
4093       if (shl->Opcode() == Op_LShiftI) {
4094         const TypeInt* conIL = phase->type(shl->in(2))->isa_int();
4095         if (conIL != nullptr && conIL->is_con() && conIL->get_con() >= 0 && conIL->get_con() < BitsPerJavaInteger) {
4096           if (conIL->get_con() == conIR->get_con()) {
4097             set_req_X(MemNode::ValueIn, shl->in(1), phase);
4098             return this;
4099           }
4100           if (conIL->get_con() > conIR->get_con()) {
4101             Node* new_shl = phase->transform(new LShiftINode(shl->in(1), phase->intcon(conIL->get_con() - conIR->get_con())));
4102             set_req_X(MemNode::ValueIn, new_shl, phase);
4103             return this;
4104           }
4105         }
4106       }
4107     }
4108   }
4109   return nullptr;
4110 }
4111 
4112 //------------------------------value_never_loaded-----------------------------------
4113 // Determine whether there are any possible loads of the value stored.
4114 // For simplicity, we actually check if there are any loads from the
4115 // address stored to, not just for loads of the value stored by this node.
4116 //
4117 bool StoreNode::value_never_loaded(PhaseValues* phase) const {
4118   Node *adr = in(Address);
4119   const TypeOopPtr *adr_oop = phase->type(adr)->isa_oopptr();
4120   if (adr_oop == nullptr)
4121     return false;
4122   if (!adr_oop->is_known_instance_field())
4123     return false; // if not a distinct instance, there may be aliases of the address
4124   for (DUIterator_Fast imax, i = adr->fast_outs(imax); i < imax; i++) {
4125     Node *use = adr->fast_out(i);
4126     if (use->is_Load() || use->is_LoadStore()) {
4127       return false;
4128     }
4129   }
4130   return true;
4131 }
4132 
4133 MemBarNode* StoreNode::trailing_membar() const {
4134   if (is_release()) {
4135     MemBarNode* trailing_mb = nullptr;
4136     for (DUIterator_Fast imax, i = fast_outs(imax); i < imax; i++) {
4137       Node* u = fast_out(i);
4138       if (u->is_MemBar()) {
4139         if (u->as_MemBar()->trailing_store()) {
4140           assert(u->Opcode() == Op_MemBarVolatile, "");
4141           assert(trailing_mb == nullptr, "only one");
4142           trailing_mb = u->as_MemBar();
4143 #ifdef ASSERT
4144           Node* leading = u->as_MemBar()->leading_membar();
4145           assert(leading->Opcode() == Op_MemBarRelease, "incorrect membar");
4146           assert(leading->as_MemBar()->leading_store(), "incorrect membar pair");
4147           assert(leading->as_MemBar()->trailing_membar() == u, "incorrect membar pair");
4148 #endif
4149         } else {
4150           assert(u->as_MemBar()->standalone(), "");
4151         }
4152       }
4153     }
4154     return trailing_mb;
4155   }
4156   return nullptr;
4157 }
4158 
4159 
4160 //=============================================================================
4161 //------------------------------Ideal------------------------------------------
4162 // If the store is from an AND mask that leaves the low bits untouched, then
4163 // we can skip the AND operation.  If the store is from a sign-extension
4164 // (a left shift, then right shift) we can skip both.
4165 Node *StoreBNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN *phase, bool can_reshape){
4166   Node *progress = StoreNode::Ideal_masked_input(phase, 0xFF);
4167   if( progress != nullptr ) return progress;
4168 
4169   progress = StoreNode::Ideal_sign_extended_input(phase, 24);
4170   if( progress != nullptr ) return progress;
4171 
4172   // Finally check the default case
4173   return StoreNode::Ideal(phase, can_reshape);
4174 }
4175 
4176 //=============================================================================
4177 //------------------------------Ideal------------------------------------------
4178 // If the store is from an AND mask that leaves the low bits untouched, then
4179 // we can skip the AND operation
4180 Node *StoreCNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN *phase, bool can_reshape){
4181   Node *progress = StoreNode::Ideal_masked_input(phase, 0xFFFF);
4182   if( progress != nullptr ) return progress;
4183 
4184   progress = StoreNode::Ideal_sign_extended_input(phase, 16);
4185   if( progress != nullptr ) return progress;
4186 
4187   // Finally check the default case
4188   return StoreNode::Ideal(phase, can_reshape);
4189 }
4190 
4191 //=============================================================================
4192 //----------------------------------SCMemProjNode------------------------------
4193 const Type* SCMemProjNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const
4194 {
4195   if (in(0) == nullptr || phase->type(in(0)) == Type::TOP) {
4196     return Type::TOP;
4197   }
4198   return bottom_type();
4199 }
4200 
4201 //=============================================================================
4202 //----------------------------------LoadStoreNode------------------------------
4203 LoadStoreNode::LoadStoreNode( Node *c, Node *mem, Node *adr, Node *val, const TypePtr* at, const Type* rt, uint required )
4204   : Node(required),
4205     _type(rt),
4206     _barrier_data(0)
4207 {
4208   init_req(MemNode::Control, c  );
4209   init_req(MemNode::Memory , mem);
4210   init_req(MemNode::Address, adr);
4211   init_req(MemNode::ValueIn, val);
4212   init_class_id(Class_LoadStore);
4213   DEBUG_ONLY(_adr_type = at; adr_type();)
4214 }
4215 
4216 //------------------------------Value-----------------------------------------
4217 const Type* LoadStoreNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
4218   // Either input is TOP ==> the result is TOP
4219   if (!in(MemNode::Control) || phase->type(in(MemNode::Control)) == Type::TOP) {
4220     return Type::TOP;
4221   }
4222   const Type* t = phase->type(in(MemNode::Memory));
4223   if (t == Type::TOP) {
4224     return Type::TOP;
4225   }
4226   t = phase->type(in(MemNode::Address));
4227   if (t == Type::TOP) {
4228     return Type::TOP;
4229   }
4230   t = phase->type(in(MemNode::ValueIn));
4231   if (t == Type::TOP) {
4232     return Type::TOP;
4233   }
4234   return bottom_type();
4235 }
4236 
4237 const TypePtr* LoadStoreNode::adr_type() const {
4238   const TypePtr* cross_check = DEBUG_ONLY(_adr_type) NOT_DEBUG(nullptr);
4239   return MemNode::calculate_adr_type(in(MemNode::Address)->bottom_type(), cross_check);
4240 }
4241 
4242 uint LoadStoreNode::ideal_reg() const {
4243   return _type->ideal_reg();
4244 }
4245 
4246 // This method conservatively checks if the result of a LoadStoreNode is
4247 // used, that is, if it returns true, then it is definitely the case that
4248 // the result of the node is not needed.
4249 // For example, GetAndAdd can be matched into a lock_add instead of a
4250 // lock_xadd if the result of LoadStoreNode::result_not_used() is true
4251 bool LoadStoreNode::result_not_used() const {
4252   for (DUIterator_Fast imax, i = fast_outs(imax); i < imax; i++) {
4253     Node *x = fast_out(i);
4254     if (x->Opcode() == Op_SCMemProj) {
4255       continue;
4256     }
4257     if (x->bottom_type() == TypeTuple::MEMBAR &&
4258         !x->is_Call() &&
4259         x->Opcode() != Op_Blackhole) {
4260       continue;
4261     }
4262     return false;
4263   }
4264   return true;
4265 }
4266 
4267 MemBarNode* LoadStoreNode::trailing_membar() const {
4268   MemBarNode* trailing = nullptr;
4269   for (DUIterator_Fast imax, i = fast_outs(imax); i < imax; i++) {
4270     Node* u = fast_out(i);
4271     if (u->is_MemBar()) {
4272       if (u->as_MemBar()->trailing_load_store()) {
4273         assert(u->Opcode() == Op_MemBarAcquire, "");
4274         assert(trailing == nullptr, "only one");
4275         trailing = u->as_MemBar();
4276 #ifdef ASSERT
4277         Node* leading = trailing->leading_membar();
4278         assert(support_IRIW_for_not_multiple_copy_atomic_cpu || leading->Opcode() == Op_MemBarRelease, "incorrect membar");
4279         assert(leading->as_MemBar()->leading_load_store(), "incorrect membar pair");
4280         assert(leading->as_MemBar()->trailing_membar() == trailing, "incorrect membar pair");
4281 #endif
4282       } else {
4283         assert(u->as_MemBar()->standalone(), "wrong barrier kind");
4284       }
4285     }
4286   }
4287 
4288   return trailing;
4289 }
4290 
4291 uint LoadStoreNode::size_of() const { return sizeof(*this); }
4292 
4293 //=============================================================================
4294 //----------------------------------LoadStoreConditionalNode--------------------
4295 LoadStoreConditionalNode::LoadStoreConditionalNode( Node *c, Node *mem, Node *adr, Node *val, Node *ex ) : LoadStoreNode(c, mem, adr, val, nullptr, TypeInt::BOOL, 5) {
4296   init_req(ExpectedIn, ex );
4297 }
4298 
4299 const Type* LoadStoreConditionalNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
4300   // Either input is TOP ==> the result is TOP
4301   const Type* t = phase->type(in(ExpectedIn));
4302   if (t == Type::TOP) {
4303     return Type::TOP;
4304   }
4305   return LoadStoreNode::Value(phase);
4306 }
4307 
4308 //=============================================================================
4309 //-------------------------------adr_type--------------------------------------
4310 const TypePtr* ClearArrayNode::adr_type() const {
4311   Node *adr = in(3);
4312   if (adr == nullptr)  return nullptr; // node is dead
4313   return MemNode::calculate_adr_type(adr->bottom_type());
4314 }
4315 
4316 //------------------------------match_edge-------------------------------------
4317 // Do we Match on this edge index or not?  Do not match memory
4318 uint ClearArrayNode::match_edge(uint idx) const {
4319   return idx > 1;
4320 }
4321 
4322 //------------------------------Identity---------------------------------------
4323 // Clearing a zero length array does nothing
4324 Node* ClearArrayNode::Identity(PhaseGVN* phase) {
4325   return phase->type(in(2))->higher_equal(TypeX::ZERO)  ? in(1) : this;
4326 }
4327 
4328 //------------------------------Idealize---------------------------------------
4329 // Clearing a short array is faster with stores
4330 Node *ClearArrayNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN *phase, bool can_reshape) {
4331   // Already know this is a large node, do not try to ideal it
4332   if (_is_large) return nullptr;
4333 
4334   const int unit = BytesPerLong;
4335   const TypeX* t = phase->type(in(2))->isa_intptr_t();
4336   if (!t)  return nullptr;
4337   if (!t->is_con())  return nullptr;
4338   intptr_t raw_count = t->get_con();
4339   intptr_t size = raw_count;
4340   if (!Matcher::init_array_count_is_in_bytes) size *= unit;
4341   // Clearing nothing uses the Identity call.
4342   // Negative clears are possible on dead ClearArrays
4343   // (see jck test stmt114.stmt11402.val).
4344   if (size <= 0 || size % unit != 0)  return nullptr;
4345   intptr_t count = size / unit;
4346   // Length too long; communicate this to matchers and assemblers.
4347   // Assemblers are responsible to produce fast hardware clears for it.
4348   if (size > InitArrayShortSize) {
4349     return new ClearArrayNode(in(0), in(1), in(2), in(3), in(4), true);
4350   } else if (size > 2 && Matcher::match_rule_supported_vector(Op_ClearArray, 4, T_LONG)) {
4351     return nullptr;
4352   }
4353   if (!IdealizeClearArrayNode) return nullptr;
4354   Node *mem = in(1);
4355   if( phase->type(mem)==Type::TOP ) return nullptr;
4356   Node *adr = in(3);
4357   const Type* at = phase->type(adr);
4358   if( at==Type::TOP ) return nullptr;
4359   const TypePtr* atp = at->isa_ptr();
4360   // adjust atp to be the correct array element address type
4361   if (atp == nullptr)  atp = TypePtr::BOTTOM;
4362   else              atp = atp->add_offset(Type::OffsetBot);
4363   // Get base for derived pointer purposes
4364   if( adr->Opcode() != Op_AddP ) Unimplemented();
4365   Node *base = adr->in(1);
4366 
4367   Node *val = in(4);
4368   Node *off  = phase->MakeConX(BytesPerLong);
4369   mem = new StoreLNode(in(0), mem, adr, atp, val, MemNode::unordered, false);
4370   count--;
4371   while( count-- ) {
4372     mem = phase->transform(mem);
4373     adr = phase->transform(new AddPNode(base,adr,off));
4374     mem = new StoreLNode(in(0), mem, adr, atp, val, MemNode::unordered, false);
4375   }
4376   return mem;
4377 }
4378 
4379 //----------------------------step_through----------------------------------
4380 // Return allocation input memory edge if it is different instance
4381 // or itself if it is the one we are looking for.
4382 bool ClearArrayNode::step_through(Node** np, uint instance_id, PhaseValues* phase) {
4383   Node* n = *np;
4384   assert(n->is_ClearArray(), "sanity");
4385   intptr_t offset;
4386   AllocateNode* alloc = AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(n->in(3), phase, offset);
4387   // This method is called only before Allocate nodes are expanded
4388   // during macro nodes expansion. Before that ClearArray nodes are
4389   // only generated in PhaseMacroExpand::generate_arraycopy() (before
4390   // Allocate nodes are expanded) which follows allocations.
4391   assert(alloc != nullptr, "should have allocation");
4392   if (alloc->_idx == instance_id) {
4393     // Can not bypass initialization of the instance we are looking for.
4394     return false;
4395   }
4396   // Otherwise skip it.
4397   InitializeNode* init = alloc->initialization();
4398   if (init != nullptr)
4399     *np = init->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
4400   else
4401     *np = alloc->in(TypeFunc::Memory);
4402   return true;
4403 }
4404 
4405 Node* ClearArrayNode::make_address(Node* dest, Node* offset, bool raw_base, PhaseGVN* phase) {
4406   Node* base = dest;
4407   if (raw_base) {
4408     // May be called as part of the initialization of a just allocated object
4409     base = phase->C->top();
4410   }
4411   return phase->transform(new AddPNode(base, dest, offset));
4412 }
4413 
4414 //----------------------------clear_memory-------------------------------------
4415 // Generate code to initialize object storage to zero.
4416 Node* ClearArrayNode::clear_memory(Node* ctl, Node* mem, Node* dest,
4417                                    Node* val,
4418                                    Node* raw_val,
4419                                    intptr_t start_offset,
4420                                    Node* end_offset,
4421                                    bool raw_base,
4422                                    PhaseGVN* phase) {
4423   intptr_t offset = start_offset;
4424 
4425   int unit = BytesPerLong;
4426   if ((offset % unit) != 0) {
4427     Node* adr = make_address(dest, phase->MakeConX(offset), raw_base, phase);
4428     const TypePtr* atp = TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM;
4429     if (val != nullptr) {
4430       assert(phase->type(val)->isa_narrowoop(), "should be narrow oop");
4431       mem = new StoreNNode(ctl, mem, adr, atp, val, MemNode::unordered);
4432     } else {
4433       assert(raw_val == nullptr, "val may not be null");
4434       mem = StoreNode::make(*phase, ctl, mem, adr, atp, phase->zerocon(T_INT), T_INT, MemNode::unordered);
4435     }
4436     mem = phase->transform(mem);
4437     offset += BytesPerInt;
4438   }
4439   assert((offset % unit) == 0, "");
4440 
4441   // Initialize the remaining stuff, if any, with a ClearArray.
4442   return clear_memory(ctl, mem, dest, raw_val, phase->MakeConX(offset), end_offset, raw_base, phase);
4443 }
4444 
4445 Node* ClearArrayNode::clear_memory(Node* ctl, Node* mem, Node* dest,
4446                                    Node* raw_val,
4447                                    Node* start_offset,
4448                                    Node* end_offset,
4449                                    bool raw_base,
4450                                    PhaseGVN* phase) {
4451   if (start_offset == end_offset) {
4452     // nothing to do
4453     return mem;
4454   }
4455 
4456   int unit = BytesPerLong;
4457   Node* zbase = start_offset;
4458   Node* zend  = end_offset;
4459 
4460   // Scale to the unit required by the CPU:
4461   if (!Matcher::init_array_count_is_in_bytes) {
4462     Node* shift = phase->intcon(exact_log2(unit));
4463     zbase = phase->transform(new URShiftXNode(zbase, shift) );
4464     zend  = phase->transform(new URShiftXNode(zend,  shift) );
4465   }
4466 
4467   // Bulk clear double-words
4468   Node* zsize = phase->transform(new SubXNode(zend, zbase) );
4469   Node* adr = make_address(dest, start_offset, raw_base, phase);
4470   if (raw_val == nullptr) {
4471     raw_val = phase->MakeConX(0);
4472   }
4473   mem = new ClearArrayNode(ctl, mem, zsize, adr, raw_val, false);
4474   return phase->transform(mem);
4475 }
4476 
4477 Node* ClearArrayNode::clear_memory(Node* ctl, Node* mem, Node* dest,
4478                                    Node* val,
4479                                    Node* raw_val,
4480                                    intptr_t start_offset,
4481                                    intptr_t end_offset,
4482                                    bool raw_base,
4483                                    PhaseGVN* phase) {
4484   if (start_offset == end_offset) {
4485     // nothing to do
4486     return mem;
4487   }
4488 
4489   assert((end_offset % BytesPerInt) == 0, "odd end offset");
4490   intptr_t done_offset = end_offset;
4491   if ((done_offset % BytesPerLong) != 0) {
4492     done_offset -= BytesPerInt;
4493   }
4494   if (done_offset > start_offset) {
4495     mem = clear_memory(ctl, mem, dest, val, raw_val,
4496                        start_offset, phase->MakeConX(done_offset), raw_base, phase);
4497   }
4498   if (done_offset < end_offset) { // emit the final 32-bit store
4499     Node* adr = make_address(dest, phase->MakeConX(done_offset), raw_base, phase);
4500     const TypePtr* atp = TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM;
4501     if (val != nullptr) {
4502       assert(phase->type(val)->isa_narrowoop(), "should be narrow oop");
4503       mem = new StoreNNode(ctl, mem, adr, atp, val, MemNode::unordered);
4504     } else {
4505       assert(raw_val == nullptr, "val may not be null");
4506       mem = StoreNode::make(*phase, ctl, mem, adr, atp, phase->zerocon(T_INT), T_INT, MemNode::unordered);
4507     }
4508     mem = phase->transform(mem);
4509     done_offset += BytesPerInt;
4510   }
4511   assert(done_offset == end_offset, "");
4512   return mem;
4513 }
4514 
4515 //=============================================================================
4516 MemBarNode::MemBarNode(Compile* C, int alias_idx, Node* precedent)
4517   : MultiNode(TypeFunc::Parms + (precedent == nullptr? 0: 1)),
4518     _adr_type(C->get_adr_type(alias_idx)), _kind(Standalone)
4519 #ifdef ASSERT
4520   , _pair_idx(0)
4521 #endif
4522 {
4523   init_class_id(Class_MemBar);
4524   Node* top = C->top();
4525   init_req(TypeFunc::I_O,top);
4526   init_req(TypeFunc::FramePtr,top);
4527   init_req(TypeFunc::ReturnAdr,top);
4528   if (precedent != nullptr)
4529     init_req(TypeFunc::Parms, precedent);
4530 }
4531 
4532 //------------------------------cmp--------------------------------------------
4533 uint MemBarNode::hash() const { return NO_HASH; }
4534 bool MemBarNode::cmp( const Node &n ) const {
4535   return (&n == this);          // Always fail except on self
4536 }
4537 
4538 //------------------------------make-------------------------------------------
4539 MemBarNode* MemBarNode::make(Compile* C, int opcode, int atp, Node* pn) {
4540   switch (opcode) {
4541   case Op_MemBarAcquire:     return new MemBarAcquireNode(C, atp, pn);
4542   case Op_LoadFence:         return new LoadFenceNode(C, atp, pn);
4543   case Op_MemBarRelease:     return new MemBarReleaseNode(C, atp, pn);
4544   case Op_StoreFence:        return new StoreFenceNode(C, atp, pn);
4545   case Op_MemBarStoreStore:  return new MemBarStoreStoreNode(C, atp, pn);
4546   case Op_StoreStoreFence:   return new StoreStoreFenceNode(C, atp, pn);
4547   case Op_MemBarAcquireLock: return new MemBarAcquireLockNode(C, atp, pn);
4548   case Op_MemBarReleaseLock: return new MemBarReleaseLockNode(C, atp, pn);
4549   case Op_MemBarVolatile:    return new MemBarVolatileNode(C, atp, pn);
4550   case Op_MemBarCPUOrder:    return new MemBarCPUOrderNode(C, atp, pn);
4551   case Op_OnSpinWait:        return new OnSpinWaitNode(C, atp, pn);
4552   case Op_Initialize:        return new InitializeNode(C, atp, pn);
4553   default: ShouldNotReachHere(); return nullptr;
4554   }
4555 }
4556 
4557 void MemBarNode::remove(PhaseIterGVN *igvn) {
4558   assert(outcnt() > 0 && (outcnt() <= 2 || Opcode() == Op_Initialize), "Only one or two out edges allowed");
4559   if (trailing_store() || trailing_load_store()) {
4560     MemBarNode* leading = leading_membar();
4561     if (leading != nullptr) {
4562       assert(leading->trailing_membar() == this, "inconsistent leading/trailing membars");
4563       leading->remove(igvn);
4564     }
4565   }
4566   if (proj_out_or_null(TypeFunc::Control) != nullptr) {
4567     igvn->replace_node(proj_out(TypeFunc::Control), in(TypeFunc::Control));
4568   }
4569   if (is_Initialize()) {
4570     as_Initialize()->replace_mem_projs_by(in(TypeFunc::Memory), igvn);
4571   } else {
4572     if (proj_out_or_null(TypeFunc::Memory) != nullptr) {
4573       igvn->replace_node(proj_out(TypeFunc::Memory), in(TypeFunc::Memory));
4574     }
4575   }
4576 }
4577 
4578 //------------------------------Ideal------------------------------------------
4579 // Return a node which is more "ideal" than the current node.  Strip out
4580 // control copies
4581 Node *MemBarNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN *phase, bool can_reshape) {
4582   if (remove_dead_region(phase, can_reshape)) return this;
4583   // Don't bother trying to transform a dead node
4584   if (in(0) && in(0)->is_top()) {
4585     return nullptr;
4586   }
4587 
4588   bool progress = false;
4589   // Eliminate volatile MemBars for scalar replaced objects.
4590   if (can_reshape && req() == (Precedent+1)) {
4591     bool eliminate = false;
4592     int opc = Opcode();
4593     if ((opc == Op_MemBarAcquire || opc == Op_MemBarVolatile)) {
4594       // Volatile field loads and stores.
4595       Node* my_mem = in(MemBarNode::Precedent);
4596       // The MembarAquire may keep an unused LoadNode alive through the Precedent edge
4597       if ((my_mem != nullptr) && (opc == Op_MemBarAcquire) && (my_mem->outcnt() == 1)) {
4598         // if the Precedent is a decodeN and its input (a Load) is used at more than one place,
4599         // replace this Precedent (decodeN) with the Load instead.
4600         if ((my_mem->Opcode() == Op_DecodeN) && (my_mem->in(1)->outcnt() > 1))  {
4601           Node* load_node = my_mem->in(1);
4602           set_req(MemBarNode::Precedent, load_node);
4603           phase->is_IterGVN()->_worklist.push(my_mem);
4604           my_mem = load_node;
4605         } else {
4606           assert(my_mem->unique_out() == this, "sanity");
4607           assert(!trailing_load_store(), "load store node can't be eliminated");
4608           del_req(Precedent);
4609           phase->is_IterGVN()->_worklist.push(my_mem); // remove dead node later
4610           my_mem = nullptr;
4611         }
4612         progress = true;
4613       }
4614       if (my_mem != nullptr && my_mem->is_Mem()) {
4615         const TypeOopPtr* t_oop = my_mem->in(MemNode::Address)->bottom_type()->isa_oopptr();
4616         // Check for scalar replaced object reference.
4617         if( t_oop != nullptr && t_oop->is_known_instance_field() &&
4618             t_oop->offset() != Type::OffsetBot &&
4619             t_oop->offset() != Type::OffsetTop) {
4620           eliminate = true;
4621         }
4622       }
4623     } else if (opc == Op_MemBarRelease || (UseStoreStoreForCtor && opc == Op_MemBarStoreStore)) {
4624       // Final field stores.
4625       Node* alloc = AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(in(MemBarNode::Precedent));
4626       if ((alloc != nullptr) && alloc->is_Allocate() &&
4627           alloc->as_Allocate()->does_not_escape_thread()) {
4628         // The allocated object does not escape.
4629         eliminate = true;
4630       }
4631     }
4632     if (eliminate) {
4633       // Replace MemBar projections by its inputs.
4634       PhaseIterGVN* igvn = phase->is_IterGVN();
4635       remove(igvn);
4636       // Must return either the original node (now dead) or a new node
4637       // (Do not return a top here, since that would break the uniqueness of top.)
4638       return new ConINode(TypeInt::ZERO);
4639     }
4640   }
4641   return progress ? this : nullptr;
4642 }
4643 
4644 //------------------------------Value------------------------------------------
4645 const Type* MemBarNode::Value(PhaseGVN* phase) const {
4646   if( !in(0) ) return Type::TOP;
4647   if( phase->type(in(0)) == Type::TOP )
4648     return Type::TOP;
4649   return TypeTuple::MEMBAR;
4650 }
4651 
4652 //------------------------------match------------------------------------------
4653 // Construct projections for memory.
4654 Node *MemBarNode::match(const ProjNode *proj, const Matcher *m, const RegMask* mask) {
4655   switch (proj->_con) {
4656   case TypeFunc::Control:
4657   case TypeFunc::Memory:
4658     return new MachProjNode(this, proj->_con, RegMask::EMPTY, MachProjNode::unmatched_proj);
4659   }
4660   ShouldNotReachHere();
4661   return nullptr;
4662 }
4663 
4664 void MemBarNode::set_store_pair(MemBarNode* leading, MemBarNode* trailing) {
4665   trailing->_kind = TrailingStore;
4666   leading->_kind = LeadingStore;
4667 #ifdef ASSERT
4668   trailing->_pair_idx = leading->_idx;
4669   leading->_pair_idx = leading->_idx;
4670 #endif
4671 }
4672 
4673 void MemBarNode::set_load_store_pair(MemBarNode* leading, MemBarNode* trailing) {
4674   trailing->_kind = TrailingLoadStore;
4675   leading->_kind = LeadingLoadStore;
4676 #ifdef ASSERT
4677   trailing->_pair_idx = leading->_idx;
4678   leading->_pair_idx = leading->_idx;
4679 #endif
4680 }
4681 
4682 MemBarNode* MemBarNode::trailing_membar() const {
4683   ResourceMark rm;
4684   Node* trailing = (Node*)this;
4685   VectorSet seen;
4686   Node_Stack multis(0);
4687   do {
4688     Node* c = trailing;
4689     uint i = 0;
4690     do {
4691       trailing = nullptr;
4692       for (; i < c->outcnt(); i++) {
4693         Node* next = c->raw_out(i);
4694         if (next != c && next->is_CFG()) {
4695           if (c->is_MultiBranch()) {
4696             if (multis.node() == c) {
4697               multis.set_index(i+1);
4698             } else {
4699               multis.push(c, i+1);
4700             }
4701           }
4702           trailing = next;
4703           break;
4704         }
4705       }
4706       if (trailing != nullptr && !seen.test_set(trailing->_idx)) {
4707         break;
4708       }
4709       while (multis.size() > 0) {
4710         c = multis.node();
4711         i = multis.index();
4712         if (i < c->req()) {
4713           break;
4714         }
4715         multis.pop();
4716       }
4717     } while (multis.size() > 0);
4718   } while (!trailing->is_MemBar() || !trailing->as_MemBar()->trailing());
4719 
4720   MemBarNode* mb = trailing->as_MemBar();
4721   assert((mb->_kind == TrailingStore && _kind == LeadingStore) ||
4722          (mb->_kind == TrailingLoadStore && _kind == LeadingLoadStore), "bad trailing membar");
4723   assert(mb->_pair_idx == _pair_idx, "bad trailing membar");
4724   return mb;
4725 }
4726 
4727 MemBarNode* MemBarNode::leading_membar() const {
4728   ResourceMark rm;
4729   VectorSet seen;
4730   Node_Stack regions(0);
4731   Node* leading = in(0);
4732   while (leading != nullptr && (!leading->is_MemBar() || !leading->as_MemBar()->leading())) {
4733     while (leading == nullptr || leading->is_top() || seen.test_set(leading->_idx)) {
4734       leading = nullptr;
4735       while (regions.size() > 0 && leading == nullptr) {
4736         Node* r = regions.node();
4737         uint i = regions.index();
4738         if (i < r->req()) {
4739           leading = r->in(i);
4740           regions.set_index(i+1);
4741         } else {
4742           regions.pop();
4743         }
4744       }
4745       if (leading == nullptr) {
4746         assert(regions.size() == 0, "all paths should have been tried");
4747         return nullptr;
4748       }
4749     }
4750     if (leading->is_Region()) {
4751       regions.push(leading, 2);
4752       leading = leading->in(1);
4753     } else {
4754       leading = leading->in(0);
4755     }
4756   }
4757 #ifdef ASSERT
4758   Unique_Node_List wq;
4759   wq.push((Node*)this);
4760   uint found = 0;
4761   for (uint i = 0; i < wq.size(); i++) {
4762     Node* n = wq.at(i);
4763     if (n->is_Region()) {
4764       for (uint j = 1; j < n->req(); j++) {
4765         Node* in = n->in(j);
4766         if (in != nullptr && !in->is_top()) {
4767           wq.push(in);
4768         }
4769       }
4770     } else {
4771       if (n->is_MemBar() && n->as_MemBar()->leading()) {
4772         assert(n == leading, "consistency check failed");
4773         found++;
4774       } else {
4775         Node* in = n->in(0);
4776         if (in != nullptr && !in->is_top()) {
4777           wq.push(in);
4778         }
4779       }
4780     }
4781   }
4782   assert(found == 1 || (found == 0 && leading == nullptr), "consistency check failed");
4783 #endif
4784   if (leading == nullptr) {
4785     return nullptr;
4786   }
4787   MemBarNode* mb = leading->as_MemBar();
4788   assert((mb->_kind == LeadingStore && _kind == TrailingStore) ||
4789          (mb->_kind == LeadingLoadStore && _kind == TrailingLoadStore), "bad leading membar");
4790   assert(mb->_pair_idx == _pair_idx, "bad leading membar");
4791   return mb;
4792 }
4793 
4794 
4795 //===========================InitializeNode====================================
4796 // SUMMARY:
4797 // This node acts as a memory barrier on raw memory, after some raw stores.
4798 // The 'cooked' oop value feeds from the Initialize, not the Allocation.
4799 // The Initialize can 'capture' suitably constrained stores as raw inits.
4800 // It can coalesce related raw stores into larger units (called 'tiles').
4801 // It can avoid zeroing new storage for memory units which have raw inits.
4802 // At macro-expansion, it is marked 'complete', and does not optimize further.
4803 //
4804 // EXAMPLE:
4805 // The object 'new short[2]' occupies 16 bytes in a 32-bit machine.
4806 //   ctl = incoming control; mem* = incoming memory
4807 // (Note:  A star * on a memory edge denotes I/O and other standard edges.)
4808 // First allocate uninitialized memory and fill in the header:
4809 //   alloc = (Allocate ctl mem* 16 #short[].klass ...)
4810 //   ctl := alloc.Control; mem* := alloc.Memory*
4811 //   rawmem = alloc.Memory; rawoop = alloc.RawAddress
4812 // Then initialize to zero the non-header parts of the raw memory block:
4813 //   init = (Initialize alloc.Control alloc.Memory* alloc.RawAddress)
4814 //   ctl := init.Control; mem.SLICE(#short[*]) := init.Memory
4815 // After the initialize node executes, the object is ready for service:
4816 //   oop := (CheckCastPP init.Control alloc.RawAddress #short[])
4817 // Suppose its body is immediately initialized as {1,2}:
4818 //   store1 = (StoreC init.Control init.Memory (+ oop 12) 1)
4819 //   store2 = (StoreC init.Control store1      (+ oop 14) 2)
4820 //   mem.SLICE(#short[*]) := store2
4821 //
4822 // DETAILS:
4823 // An InitializeNode collects and isolates object initialization after
4824 // an AllocateNode and before the next possible safepoint.  As a
4825 // memory barrier (MemBarNode), it keeps critical stores from drifting
4826 // down past any safepoint or any publication of the allocation.
4827 // Before this barrier, a newly-allocated object may have uninitialized bits.
4828 // After this barrier, it may be treated as a real oop, and GC is allowed.
4829 //
4830 // The semantics of the InitializeNode include an implicit zeroing of
4831 // the new object from object header to the end of the object.
4832 // (The object header and end are determined by the AllocateNode.)
4833 //
4834 // Certain stores may be added as direct inputs to the InitializeNode.
4835 // These stores must update raw memory, and they must be to addresses
4836 // derived from the raw address produced by AllocateNode, and with
4837 // a constant offset.  They must be ordered by increasing offset.
4838 // The first one is at in(RawStores), the last at in(req()-1).
4839 // Unlike most memory operations, they are not linked in a chain,
4840 // but are displayed in parallel as users of the rawmem output of
4841 // the allocation.
4842 //
4843 // (See comments in InitializeNode::capture_store, which continue
4844 // the example given above.)
4845 //
4846 // When the associated Allocate is macro-expanded, the InitializeNode
4847 // may be rewritten to optimize collected stores.  A ClearArrayNode
4848 // may also be created at that point to represent any required zeroing.
4849 // The InitializeNode is then marked 'complete', prohibiting further
4850 // capturing of nearby memory operations.
4851 //
4852 // During macro-expansion, all captured initializations which store
4853 // constant values of 32 bits or smaller are coalesced (if advantageous)
4854 // into larger 'tiles' 32 or 64 bits.  This allows an object to be
4855 // initialized in fewer memory operations.  Memory words which are
4856 // covered by neither tiles nor non-constant stores are pre-zeroed
4857 // by explicit stores of zero.  (The code shape happens to do all
4858 // zeroing first, then all other stores, with both sequences occurring
4859 // in order of ascending offsets.)
4860 //
4861 // Alternatively, code may be inserted between an AllocateNode and its
4862 // InitializeNode, to perform arbitrary initialization of the new object.
4863 // E.g., the object copying intrinsics insert complex data transfers here.
4864 // The initialization must then be marked as 'complete' disable the
4865 // built-in zeroing semantics and the collection of initializing stores.
4866 //
4867 // While an InitializeNode is incomplete, reads from the memory state
4868 // produced by it are optimizable if they match the control edge and
4869 // new oop address associated with the allocation/initialization.
4870 // They return a stored value (if the offset matches) or else zero.
4871 // A write to the memory state, if it matches control and address,
4872 // and if it is to a constant offset, may be 'captured' by the
4873 // InitializeNode.  It is cloned as a raw memory operation and rewired
4874 // inside the initialization, to the raw oop produced by the allocation.
4875 // Operations on addresses which are provably distinct (e.g., to
4876 // other AllocateNodes) are allowed to bypass the initialization.
4877 //
4878 // The effect of all this is to consolidate object initialization
4879 // (both arrays and non-arrays, both piecewise and bulk) into a
4880 // single location, where it can be optimized as a unit.
4881 //
4882 // Only stores with an offset less than TrackedInitializationLimit words
4883 // will be considered for capture by an InitializeNode.  This puts a
4884 // reasonable limit on the complexity of optimized initializations.
4885 
4886 //---------------------------InitializeNode------------------------------------
4887 InitializeNode::InitializeNode(Compile* C, int adr_type, Node* rawoop)
4888   : MemBarNode(C, adr_type, rawoop),
4889     _is_complete(Incomplete), _does_not_escape(false)
4890 {
4891   init_class_id(Class_Initialize);
4892 
4893   assert(adr_type == Compile::AliasIdxRaw, "only valid atp");
4894   assert(in(RawAddress) == rawoop, "proper init");
4895   // Note:  allocation() can be null, for secondary initialization barriers
4896 }
4897 
4898 // Since this node is not matched, it will be processed by the
4899 // register allocator.  Declare that there are no constraints
4900 // on the allocation of the RawAddress edge.
4901 const RegMask &InitializeNode::in_RegMask(uint idx) const {
4902   // This edge should be set to top, by the set_complete.  But be conservative.
4903   if (idx == InitializeNode::RawAddress)
4904     return *(Compile::current()->matcher()->idealreg2spillmask[in(idx)->ideal_reg()]);
4905   return RegMask::EMPTY;
4906 }
4907 
4908 Node* InitializeNode::memory(uint alias_idx) {
4909   Node* mem = in(Memory);
4910   if (mem->is_MergeMem()) {
4911     return mem->as_MergeMem()->memory_at(alias_idx);
4912   } else {
4913     // incoming raw memory is not split
4914     return mem;
4915   }
4916 }
4917 
4918 bool InitializeNode::is_non_zero() {
4919   if (is_complete())  return false;
4920   remove_extra_zeroes();
4921   return (req() > RawStores);
4922 }
4923 
4924 void InitializeNode::set_complete(PhaseGVN* phase) {
4925   assert(!is_complete(), "caller responsibility");
4926   _is_complete = Complete;
4927 
4928   // After this node is complete, it contains a bunch of
4929   // raw-memory initializations.  There is no need for
4930   // it to have anything to do with non-raw memory effects.
4931   // Therefore, tell all non-raw users to re-optimize themselves,
4932   // after skipping the memory effects of this initialization.
4933   PhaseIterGVN* igvn = phase->is_IterGVN();
4934   if (igvn)  igvn->add_users_to_worklist(this);
4935 }
4936 
4937 // convenience function
4938 // return false if the init contains any stores already
4939 bool AllocateNode::maybe_set_complete(PhaseGVN* phase) {
4940   InitializeNode* init = initialization();
4941   if (init == nullptr || init->is_complete()) {
4942     return false;
4943   }
4944   init->remove_extra_zeroes();
4945   // for now, if this allocation has already collected any inits, bail:
4946   if (init->is_non_zero())  return false;
4947   init->set_complete(phase);
4948   return true;
4949 }
4950 
4951 void InitializeNode::remove_extra_zeroes() {
4952   if (req() == RawStores)  return;
4953   Node* zmem = zero_memory();
4954   uint fill = RawStores;
4955   for (uint i = fill; i < req(); i++) {
4956     Node* n = in(i);
4957     if (n->is_top() || n == zmem)  continue;  // skip
4958     if (fill < i)  set_req(fill, n);          // compact
4959     ++fill;
4960   }
4961   // delete any empty spaces created:
4962   while (fill < req()) {
4963     del_req(fill);
4964   }
4965 }
4966 
4967 // Helper for remembering which stores go with which offsets.
4968 intptr_t InitializeNode::get_store_offset(Node* st, PhaseValues* phase) {
4969   if (!st->is_Store())  return -1;  // can happen to dead code via subsume_node
4970   intptr_t offset = -1;
4971   Node* base = AddPNode::Ideal_base_and_offset(st->in(MemNode::Address),
4972                                                phase, offset);
4973   if (base == nullptr)  return -1;  // something is dead,
4974   if (offset < 0)       return -1;  //        dead, dead
4975   return offset;
4976 }
4977 
4978 // Helper for proving that an initialization expression is
4979 // "simple enough" to be folded into an object initialization.
4980 // Attempts to prove that a store's initial value 'n' can be captured
4981 // within the initialization without creating a vicious cycle, such as:
4982 //     { Foo p = new Foo(); p.next = p; }
4983 // True for constants and parameters and small combinations thereof.
4984 bool InitializeNode::detect_init_independence(Node* value, PhaseGVN* phase) {
4985   ResourceMark rm;
4986   Unique_Node_List worklist;
4987   worklist.push(value);
4988 
4989   uint complexity_limit = 20;
4990   for (uint j = 0; j < worklist.size(); j++) {
4991     if (j >= complexity_limit) {
4992       return false;  // Bail out if processed too many nodes
4993     }
4994 
4995     Node* n = worklist.at(j);
4996     if (n == nullptr)   continue;   // (can this really happen?)
4997     if (n->is_Proj())   n = n->in(0);
4998     if (n == this)      return false;  // found a cycle
4999     if (n->is_Con())    continue;
5000     if (n->is_Start())  continue;   // params, etc., are OK
5001     if (n->is_Root())   continue;   // even better
5002 
5003     // There cannot be any dependency if 'n' is a CFG node that dominates the current allocation
5004     if (n->is_CFG() && phase->is_dominator(n, allocation())) {
5005       continue;
5006     }
5007 
5008     Node* ctl = n->in(0);
5009     if (ctl != nullptr && !ctl->is_top()) {
5010       if (ctl->is_Proj())  ctl = ctl->in(0);
5011       if (ctl == this)  return false;
5012 
5013       // If we already know that the enclosing memory op is pinned right after
5014       // the init, then any control flow that the store has picked up
5015       // must have preceded the init, or else be equal to the init.
5016       // Even after loop optimizations (which might change control edges)
5017       // a store is never pinned *before* the availability of its inputs.
5018       if (!MemNode::all_controls_dominate(n, this)) {
5019         return false;                  // failed to prove a good control
5020       }
5021     }
5022 
5023     // Check data edges for possible dependencies on 'this'.
5024     for (uint i = 1; i < n->req(); i++) {
5025       Node* m = n->in(i);
5026       if (m == nullptr || m == n || m->is_top())  continue;
5027 
5028       // Only process data inputs once
5029       worklist.push(m);
5030     }
5031   }
5032 
5033   return true;
5034 }
5035 
5036 // Here are all the checks a Store must pass before it can be moved into
5037 // an initialization.  Returns zero if a check fails.
5038 // On success, returns the (constant) offset to which the store applies,
5039 // within the initialized memory.
5040 intptr_t InitializeNode::can_capture_store(StoreNode* st, PhaseGVN* phase, bool can_reshape) {
5041   const int FAIL = 0;
5042   if (st->req() != MemNode::ValueIn + 1)
5043     return FAIL;                // an inscrutable StoreNode (card mark?)
5044   Node* ctl = st->in(MemNode::Control);
5045   if (!(ctl != nullptr && ctl->is_Proj() && ctl->in(0) == this))
5046     return FAIL;                // must be unconditional after the initialization
5047   Node* mem = st->in(MemNode::Memory);
5048   if (!(mem->is_Proj() && mem->in(0) == this))
5049     return FAIL;                // must not be preceded by other stores
5050   BarrierSetC2* bs = BarrierSet::barrier_set()->barrier_set_c2();
5051   if ((st->Opcode() == Op_StoreP || st->Opcode() == Op_StoreN) &&
5052       !bs->can_initialize_object(st)) {
5053     return FAIL;
5054   }
5055   Node* adr = st->in(MemNode::Address);
5056   intptr_t offset;
5057   AllocateNode* alloc = AllocateNode::Ideal_allocation(adr, phase, offset);
5058   if (alloc == nullptr)
5059     return FAIL;                // inscrutable address
5060   if (alloc != allocation())
5061     return FAIL;                // wrong allocation!  (store needs to float up)
5062   int size_in_bytes = st->memory_size();
5063   if ((size_in_bytes != 0) && (offset % size_in_bytes) != 0) {
5064     return FAIL;                // mismatched access
5065   }
5066   Node* val = st->in(MemNode::ValueIn);
5067 
5068   if (!detect_init_independence(val, phase))
5069     return FAIL;                // stored value must be 'simple enough'
5070 
5071   // The Store can be captured only if nothing after the allocation
5072   // and before the Store is using the memory location that the store
5073   // overwrites.
5074   bool failed = false;
5075   // If is_complete_with_arraycopy() is true the shape of the graph is
5076   // well defined and is safe so no need for extra checks.
5077   if (!is_complete_with_arraycopy()) {
5078     // We are going to look at each use of the memory state following
5079     // the allocation to make sure nothing reads the memory that the
5080     // Store writes.
5081     const TypePtr* t_adr = phase->type(adr)->isa_ptr();
5082     int alias_idx = phase->C->get_alias_index(t_adr);
5083     ResourceMark rm;
5084     Unique_Node_List mems;
5085     mems.push(mem);
5086     Node* unique_merge = nullptr;
5087     for (uint next = 0; next < mems.size(); ++next) {
5088       Node *m  = mems.at(next);
5089       for (DUIterator_Fast jmax, j = m->fast_outs(jmax); j < jmax; j++) {
5090         Node *n = m->fast_out(j);
5091         if (n->outcnt() == 0) {
5092           continue;
5093         }
5094         if (n == st) {
5095           continue;
5096         } else if (n->in(0) != nullptr && n->in(0) != ctl) {
5097           // If the control of this use is different from the control
5098           // of the Store which is right after the InitializeNode then
5099           // this node cannot be between the InitializeNode and the
5100           // Store.
5101           continue;
5102         } else if (n->is_MergeMem()) {
5103           if (n->as_MergeMem()->memory_at(alias_idx) == m) {
5104             // We can hit a MergeMemNode (that will likely go away
5105             // later) that is a direct use of the memory state
5106             // following the InitializeNode on the same slice as the
5107             // store node that we'd like to capture. We need to check
5108             // the uses of the MergeMemNode.
5109             mems.push(n);
5110           }
5111         } else if (n->is_Mem()) {
5112           Node* other_adr = n->in(MemNode::Address);
5113           if (other_adr == adr) {
5114             failed = true;
5115             break;
5116           } else {
5117             const TypePtr* other_t_adr = phase->type(other_adr)->isa_ptr();
5118             if (other_t_adr != nullptr) {
5119               int other_alias_idx = phase->C->get_alias_index(other_t_adr);
5120               if (other_alias_idx == alias_idx) {
5121                 // A load from the same memory slice as the store right
5122                 // after the InitializeNode. We check the control of the
5123                 // object/array that is loaded from. If it's the same as
5124                 // the store control then we cannot capture the store.
5125                 assert(!n->is_Store(), "2 stores to same slice on same control?");
5126                 Node* base = other_adr;
5127                 if (base->is_Phi()) {
5128                   // In rare case, base may be a PhiNode and it may read
5129                   // the same memory slice between InitializeNode and store.
5130                   failed = true;
5131                   break;
5132                 }
5133                 assert(base->is_AddP(), "should be addp but is %s", base->Name());
5134                 base = base->in(AddPNode::Base);
5135                 if (base != nullptr) {
5136                   base = base->uncast();
5137                   if (base->is_Proj() && base->in(0) == alloc) {
5138                     failed = true;
5139                     break;
5140                   }
5141                 }
5142               }
5143             }
5144           }
5145         } else {
5146           failed = true;
5147           break;
5148         }
5149       }
5150     }
5151   }
5152   if (failed) {
5153     if (!can_reshape) {
5154       // We decided we couldn't capture the store during parsing. We
5155       // should try again during the next IGVN once the graph is
5156       // cleaner.
5157       phase->C->record_for_igvn(st);
5158     }
5159     return FAIL;
5160   }
5161 
5162   return offset;                // success
5163 }
5164 
5165 // Find the captured store in(i) which corresponds to the range
5166 // [start..start+size) in the initialized object.
5167 // If there is one, return its index i.  If there isn't, return the
5168 // negative of the index where it should be inserted.
5169 // Return 0 if the queried range overlaps an initialization boundary
5170 // or if dead code is encountered.
5171 // If size_in_bytes is zero, do not bother with overlap checks.
5172 int InitializeNode::captured_store_insertion_point(intptr_t start,
5173                                                    int size_in_bytes,
5174                                                    PhaseValues* phase) {
5175   const int FAIL = 0, MAX_STORE = MAX2(BytesPerLong, (int)MaxVectorSize);
5176 
5177   if (is_complete())
5178     return FAIL;                // arraycopy got here first; punt
5179 
5180   assert(allocation() != nullptr, "must be present");
5181 
5182   // no negatives, no header fields:
5183   if (start < (intptr_t) allocation()->minimum_header_size())  return FAIL;
5184 
5185   // after a certain size, we bail out on tracking all the stores:
5186   intptr_t ti_limit = (TrackedInitializationLimit * HeapWordSize);
5187   if (start >= ti_limit)  return FAIL;
5188 
5189   for (uint i = InitializeNode::RawStores, limit = req(); ; ) {
5190     if (i >= limit)  return -(int)i; // not found; here is where to put it
5191 
5192     Node*    st     = in(i);
5193     intptr_t st_off = get_store_offset(st, phase);
5194     if (st_off < 0) {
5195       if (st != zero_memory()) {
5196         return FAIL;            // bail out if there is dead garbage
5197       }
5198     } else if (st_off > start) {
5199       // ...we are done, since stores are ordered
5200       if (st_off < start + size_in_bytes) {
5201         return FAIL;            // the next store overlaps
5202       }
5203       return -(int)i;           // not found; here is where to put it
5204     } else if (st_off < start) {
5205       assert(st->as_Store()->memory_size() <= MAX_STORE, "");
5206       if (size_in_bytes != 0 &&
5207           start < st_off + MAX_STORE &&
5208           start < st_off + st->as_Store()->memory_size()) {
5209         return FAIL;            // the previous store overlaps
5210       }
5211     } else {
5212       if (size_in_bytes != 0 &&
5213           st->as_Store()->memory_size() != size_in_bytes) {
5214         return FAIL;            // mismatched store size
5215       }
5216       return i;
5217     }
5218 
5219     ++i;
5220   }
5221 }
5222 
5223 // Look for a captured store which initializes at the offset 'start'
5224 // with the given size.  If there is no such store, and no other
5225 // initialization interferes, then return zero_memory (the memory
5226 // projection of the AllocateNode).
5227 Node* InitializeNode::find_captured_store(intptr_t start, int size_in_bytes,
5228                                           PhaseValues* phase) {
5229   assert(stores_are_sane(phase), "");
5230   int i = captured_store_insertion_point(start, size_in_bytes, phase);
5231   if (i == 0) {
5232     return nullptr;              // something is dead
5233   } else if (i < 0) {
5234     return zero_memory();       // just primordial zero bits here
5235   } else {
5236     Node* st = in(i);           // here is the store at this position
5237     assert(get_store_offset(st->as_Store(), phase) == start, "sanity");
5238     return st;
5239   }
5240 }
5241 
5242 // Create, as a raw pointer, an address within my new object at 'offset'.
5243 Node* InitializeNode::make_raw_address(intptr_t offset,
5244                                        PhaseGVN* phase) {
5245   Node* addr = in(RawAddress);
5246   if (offset != 0) {
5247     Compile* C = phase->C;
5248     addr = phase->transform( new AddPNode(C->top(), addr,
5249                                                  phase->MakeConX(offset)) );
5250   }
5251   return addr;
5252 }
5253 
5254 // Clone the given store, converting it into a raw store
5255 // initializing a field or element of my new object.
5256 // Caller is responsible for retiring the original store,
5257 // with subsume_node or the like.
5258 //
5259 // From the example above InitializeNode::InitializeNode,
5260 // here are the old stores to be captured:
5261 //   store1 = (StoreC init.Control init.Memory (+ oop 12) 1)
5262 //   store2 = (StoreC init.Control store1      (+ oop 14) 2)
5263 //
5264 // Here is the changed code; note the extra edges on init:
5265 //   alloc = (Allocate ...)
5266 //   rawoop = alloc.RawAddress
5267 //   rawstore1 = (StoreC alloc.Control alloc.Memory (+ rawoop 12) 1)
5268 //   rawstore2 = (StoreC alloc.Control alloc.Memory (+ rawoop 14) 2)
5269 //   init = (Initialize alloc.Control alloc.Memory rawoop
5270 //                      rawstore1 rawstore2)
5271 //
5272 Node* InitializeNode::capture_store(StoreNode* st, intptr_t start,
5273                                     PhaseGVN* phase, bool can_reshape) {
5274   assert(stores_are_sane(phase), "");
5275 
5276   if (start < 0)  return nullptr;
5277   assert(can_capture_store(st, phase, can_reshape) == start, "sanity");
5278 
5279   Compile* C = phase->C;
5280   int size_in_bytes = st->memory_size();
5281   int i = captured_store_insertion_point(start, size_in_bytes, phase);
5282   if (i == 0)  return nullptr;  // bail out
5283   Node* prev_mem = nullptr;     // raw memory for the captured store
5284   if (i > 0) {
5285     prev_mem = in(i);           // there is a pre-existing store under this one
5286     set_req(i, C->top());       // temporarily disconnect it
5287     // See StoreNode::Ideal 'st->outcnt() == 1' for the reason to disconnect.
5288   } else {
5289     i = -i;                     // no pre-existing store
5290     prev_mem = zero_memory();   // a slice of the newly allocated object
5291     if (i > InitializeNode::RawStores && in(i-1) == prev_mem)
5292       set_req(--i, C->top());   // reuse this edge; it has been folded away
5293     else
5294       ins_req(i, C->top());     // build a new edge
5295   }
5296   Node* new_st = st->clone();
5297   BarrierSetC2* bs = BarrierSet::barrier_set()->barrier_set_c2();
5298   new_st->set_req(MemNode::Control, in(Control));
5299   new_st->set_req(MemNode::Memory,  prev_mem);
5300   new_st->set_req(MemNode::Address, make_raw_address(start, phase));
5301   bs->eliminate_gc_barrier_data(new_st);
5302   new_st = phase->transform(new_st);
5303 
5304   // At this point, new_st might have swallowed a pre-existing store
5305   // at the same offset, or perhaps new_st might have disappeared,
5306   // if it redundantly stored the same value (or zero to fresh memory).
5307 
5308   // In any case, wire it in:
5309   PhaseIterGVN* igvn = phase->is_IterGVN();
5310   if (igvn) {
5311     igvn->rehash_node_delayed(this);
5312   }
5313   set_req(i, new_st);
5314 
5315   // The caller may now kill the old guy.
5316   DEBUG_ONLY(Node* check_st = find_captured_store(start, size_in_bytes, phase));
5317   assert(check_st == new_st || check_st == nullptr, "must be findable");
5318   assert(!is_complete(), "");
5319   return new_st;
5320 }
5321 
5322 static bool store_constant(jlong* tiles, int num_tiles,
5323                            intptr_t st_off, int st_size,
5324                            jlong con) {
5325   if ((st_off & (st_size-1)) != 0)
5326     return false;               // strange store offset (assume size==2**N)
5327   address addr = (address)tiles + st_off;
5328   assert(st_off >= 0 && addr+st_size <= (address)&tiles[num_tiles], "oob");
5329   switch (st_size) {
5330   case sizeof(jbyte):  *(jbyte*) addr = (jbyte) con; break;
5331   case sizeof(jchar):  *(jchar*) addr = (jchar) con; break;
5332   case sizeof(jint):   *(jint*)  addr = (jint)  con; break;
5333   case sizeof(jlong):  *(jlong*) addr = (jlong) con; break;
5334   default: return false;        // strange store size (detect size!=2**N here)
5335   }
5336   return true;                  // return success to caller
5337 }
5338 
5339 // Coalesce subword constants into int constants and possibly
5340 // into long constants.  The goal, if the CPU permits,
5341 // is to initialize the object with a small number of 64-bit tiles.
5342 // Also, convert floating-point constants to bit patterns.
5343 // Non-constants are not relevant to this pass.
5344 //
5345 // In terms of the running example on InitializeNode::InitializeNode
5346 // and InitializeNode::capture_store, here is the transformation
5347 // of rawstore1 and rawstore2 into rawstore12:
5348 //   alloc = (Allocate ...)
5349 //   rawoop = alloc.RawAddress
5350 //   tile12 = 0x00010002
5351 //   rawstore12 = (StoreI alloc.Control alloc.Memory (+ rawoop 12) tile12)
5352 //   init = (Initialize alloc.Control alloc.Memory rawoop rawstore12)
5353 //
5354 void
5355 InitializeNode::coalesce_subword_stores(intptr_t header_size,
5356                                         Node* size_in_bytes,
5357                                         PhaseGVN* phase) {
5358   Compile* C = phase->C;
5359 
5360   assert(stores_are_sane(phase), "");
5361   // Note:  After this pass, they are not completely sane,
5362   // since there may be some overlaps.
5363 
5364   int old_subword = 0, old_long = 0, new_int = 0, new_long = 0;
5365 
5366   intptr_t ti_limit = (TrackedInitializationLimit * HeapWordSize);
5367   intptr_t size_limit = phase->find_intptr_t_con(size_in_bytes, ti_limit);
5368   size_limit = MIN2(size_limit, ti_limit);
5369   size_limit = align_up(size_limit, BytesPerLong);
5370   int num_tiles = size_limit / BytesPerLong;
5371 
5372   // allocate space for the tile map:
5373   const int small_len = DEBUG_ONLY(true ? 3 :) 30; // keep stack frames small
5374   jlong  tiles_buf[small_len];
5375   Node*  nodes_buf[small_len];
5376   jlong  inits_buf[small_len];
5377   jlong* tiles = ((num_tiles <= small_len) ? &tiles_buf[0]
5378                   : NEW_RESOURCE_ARRAY(jlong, num_tiles));
5379   Node** nodes = ((num_tiles <= small_len) ? &nodes_buf[0]
5380                   : NEW_RESOURCE_ARRAY(Node*, num_tiles));
5381   jlong* inits = ((num_tiles <= small_len) ? &inits_buf[0]
5382                   : NEW_RESOURCE_ARRAY(jlong, num_tiles));
5383   // tiles: exact bitwise model of all primitive constants
5384   // nodes: last constant-storing node subsumed into the tiles model
5385   // inits: which bytes (in each tile) are touched by any initializations
5386 
5387   //// Pass A: Fill in the tile model with any relevant stores.
5388 
5389   Copy::zero_to_bytes(tiles, sizeof(tiles[0]) * num_tiles);
5390   Copy::zero_to_bytes(nodes, sizeof(nodes[0]) * num_tiles);
5391   Copy::zero_to_bytes(inits, sizeof(inits[0]) * num_tiles);
5392   Node* zmem = zero_memory(); // initially zero memory state
5393   for (uint i = InitializeNode::RawStores, limit = req(); i < limit; i++) {
5394     Node* st = in(i);
5395     intptr_t st_off = get_store_offset(st, phase);
5396 
5397     // Figure out the store's offset and constant value:
5398     if (st_off < header_size)             continue; //skip (ignore header)
5399     if (st->in(MemNode::Memory) != zmem)  continue; //skip (odd store chain)
5400     int st_size = st->as_Store()->memory_size();
5401     if (st_off + st_size > size_limit)    break;
5402 
5403     // Record which bytes are touched, whether by constant or not.
5404     if (!store_constant(inits, num_tiles, st_off, st_size, (jlong) -1))
5405       continue;                 // skip (strange store size)
5406 
5407     const Type* val = phase->type(st->in(MemNode::ValueIn));
5408     if (!val->singleton())                continue; //skip (non-con store)
5409     BasicType type = val->basic_type();
5410 
5411     jlong con = 0;
5412     switch (type) {
5413     case T_INT:    con = val->is_int()->get_con();  break;
5414     case T_LONG:   con = val->is_long()->get_con(); break;
5415     case T_FLOAT:  con = jint_cast(val->getf());    break;
5416     case T_DOUBLE: con = jlong_cast(val->getd());   break;
5417     default:                              continue; //skip (odd store type)
5418     }
5419 
5420     if (type == T_LONG && Matcher::isSimpleConstant64(con) &&
5421         st->Opcode() == Op_StoreL) {
5422       continue;                 // This StoreL is already optimal.
5423     }
5424 
5425     // Store down the constant.
5426     store_constant(tiles, num_tiles, st_off, st_size, con);
5427 
5428     intptr_t j = st_off >> LogBytesPerLong;
5429 
5430     if (type == T_INT && st_size == BytesPerInt
5431         && (st_off & BytesPerInt) == BytesPerInt) {
5432       jlong lcon = tiles[j];
5433       if (!Matcher::isSimpleConstant64(lcon) &&
5434           st->Opcode() == Op_StoreI) {
5435         // This StoreI is already optimal by itself.
5436         jint* intcon = (jint*) &tiles[j];
5437         intcon[1] = 0;  // undo the store_constant()
5438 
5439         // If the previous store is also optimal by itself, back up and
5440         // undo the action of the previous loop iteration... if we can.
5441         // But if we can't, just let the previous half take care of itself.
5442         st = nodes[j];
5443         st_off -= BytesPerInt;
5444         con = intcon[0];
5445         if (con != 0 && st != nullptr && st->Opcode() == Op_StoreI) {
5446           assert(st_off >= header_size, "still ignoring header");
5447           assert(get_store_offset(st, phase) == st_off, "must be");
5448           assert(in(i-1) == zmem, "must be");
5449           DEBUG_ONLY(const Type* tcon = phase->type(st->in(MemNode::ValueIn)));
5450           assert(con == tcon->is_int()->get_con(), "must be");
5451           // Undo the effects of the previous loop trip, which swallowed st:
5452           intcon[0] = 0;        // undo store_constant()
5453           set_req(i-1, st);     // undo set_req(i, zmem)
5454           nodes[j] = nullptr;   // undo nodes[j] = st
5455           --old_subword;        // undo ++old_subword
5456         }
5457         continue;               // This StoreI is already optimal.
5458       }
5459     }
5460 
5461     // This store is not needed.
5462     set_req(i, zmem);
5463     nodes[j] = st;              // record for the moment
5464     if (st_size < BytesPerLong) // something has changed
5465           ++old_subword;        // includes int/float, but who's counting...
5466     else  ++old_long;
5467   }
5468 
5469   if ((old_subword + old_long) == 0)
5470     return;                     // nothing more to do
5471 
5472   //// Pass B: Convert any non-zero tiles into optimal constant stores.
5473   // Be sure to insert them before overlapping non-constant stores.
5474   // (E.g., byte[] x = { 1,2,y,4 }  =>  x[int 0] = 0x01020004, x[2]=y.)
5475   for (int j = 0; j < num_tiles; j++) {
5476     jlong con  = tiles[j];
5477     jlong init = inits[j];
5478     if (con == 0)  continue;
5479     jint con0,  con1;           // split the constant, address-wise
5480     jint init0, init1;          // split the init map, address-wise
5481     { union { jlong con; jint intcon[2]; } u;
5482       u.con = con;
5483       con0  = u.intcon[0];
5484       con1  = u.intcon[1];
5485       u.con = init;
5486       init0 = u.intcon[0];
5487       init1 = u.intcon[1];
5488     }
5489 
5490     Node* old = nodes[j];
5491     assert(old != nullptr, "need the prior store");
5492     intptr_t offset = (j * BytesPerLong);
5493 
5494     bool split = !Matcher::isSimpleConstant64(con);
5495 
5496     if (offset < header_size) {
5497       assert(offset + BytesPerInt >= header_size, "second int counts");
5498       assert(*(jint*)&tiles[j] == 0, "junk in header");
5499       split = true;             // only the second word counts
5500       // Example:  int a[] = { 42 ... }
5501     } else if (con0 == 0 && init0 == -1) {
5502       split = true;             // first word is covered by full inits
5503       // Example:  int a[] = { ... foo(), 42 ... }
5504     } else if (con1 == 0 && init1 == -1) {
5505       split = true;             // second word is covered by full inits
5506       // Example:  int a[] = { ... 42, foo() ... }
5507     }
5508 
5509     // Here's a case where init0 is neither 0 nor -1:
5510     //   byte a[] = { ... 0,0,foo(),0,  0,0,0,42 ... }
5511     // Assuming big-endian memory, init0, init1 are 0x0000FF00, 0x000000FF.
5512     // In this case the tile is not split; it is (jlong)42.
5513     // The big tile is stored down, and then the foo() value is inserted.
5514     // (If there were foo(),foo() instead of foo(),0, init0 would be -1.)
5515 
5516     Node* ctl = old->in(MemNode::Control);
5517     Node* adr = make_raw_address(offset, phase);
5518     const TypePtr* atp = TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM;
5519 
5520     // One or two coalesced stores to plop down.
5521     Node*    st[2];
5522     intptr_t off[2];
5523     int  nst = 0;
5524     if (!split) {
5525       ++new_long;
5526       off[nst] = offset;
5527       st[nst++] = StoreNode::make(*phase, ctl, zmem, adr, atp,
5528                                   phase->longcon(con), T_LONG, MemNode::unordered);
5529     } else {
5530       // Omit either if it is a zero.
5531       if (con0 != 0) {
5532         ++new_int;
5533         off[nst]  = offset;
5534         st[nst++] = StoreNode::make(*phase, ctl, zmem, adr, atp,
5535                                     phase->intcon(con0), T_INT, MemNode::unordered);
5536       }
5537       if (con1 != 0) {
5538         ++new_int;
5539         offset += BytesPerInt;
5540         adr = make_raw_address(offset, phase);
5541         off[nst]  = offset;
5542         st[nst++] = StoreNode::make(*phase, ctl, zmem, adr, atp,
5543                                     phase->intcon(con1), T_INT, MemNode::unordered);
5544       }
5545     }
5546 
5547     // Insert second store first, then the first before the second.
5548     // Insert each one just before any overlapping non-constant stores.
5549     while (nst > 0) {
5550       Node* st1 = st[--nst];
5551       C->copy_node_notes_to(st1, old);
5552       st1 = phase->transform(st1);
5553       offset = off[nst];
5554       assert(offset >= header_size, "do not smash header");
5555       int ins_idx = captured_store_insertion_point(offset, /*size:*/0, phase);
5556       guarantee(ins_idx != 0, "must re-insert constant store");
5557       if (ins_idx < 0)  ins_idx = -ins_idx;  // never overlap
5558       if (ins_idx > InitializeNode::RawStores && in(ins_idx-1) == zmem)
5559         set_req(--ins_idx, st1);
5560       else
5561         ins_req(ins_idx, st1);
5562     }
5563   }
5564 
5565   if (PrintCompilation && WizardMode)
5566     tty->print_cr("Changed %d/%d subword/long constants into %d/%d int/long",
5567                   old_subword, old_long, new_int, new_long);
5568   if (C->log() != nullptr)
5569     C->log()->elem("comment that='%d/%d subword/long to %d/%d int/long'",
5570                    old_subword, old_long, new_int, new_long);
5571 
5572   // Clean up any remaining occurrences of zmem:
5573   remove_extra_zeroes();
5574 }
5575 
5576 // Explore forward from in(start) to find the first fully initialized
5577 // word, and return its offset.  Skip groups of subword stores which
5578 // together initialize full words.  If in(start) is itself part of a
5579 // fully initialized word, return the offset of in(start).  If there
5580 // are no following full-word stores, or if something is fishy, return
5581 // a negative value.
5582 intptr_t InitializeNode::find_next_fullword_store(uint start, PhaseGVN* phase) {
5583   int       int_map = 0;
5584   intptr_t  int_map_off = 0;
5585   const int FULL_MAP = right_n_bits(BytesPerInt);  // the int_map we hope for
5586 
5587   for (uint i = start, limit = req(); i < limit; i++) {
5588     Node* st = in(i);
5589 
5590     intptr_t st_off = get_store_offset(st, phase);
5591     if (st_off < 0)  break;  // return conservative answer
5592 
5593     int st_size = st->as_Store()->memory_size();
5594     if (st_size >= BytesPerInt && (st_off % BytesPerInt) == 0) {
5595       return st_off;            // we found a complete word init
5596     }
5597 
5598     // update the map:
5599 
5600     intptr_t this_int_off = align_down(st_off, BytesPerInt);
5601     if (this_int_off != int_map_off) {
5602       // reset the map:
5603       int_map = 0;
5604       int_map_off = this_int_off;
5605     }
5606 
5607     int subword_off = st_off - this_int_off;
5608     int_map |= right_n_bits(st_size) << subword_off;
5609     if ((int_map & FULL_MAP) == FULL_MAP) {
5610       return this_int_off;      // we found a complete word init
5611     }
5612 
5613     // Did this store hit or cross the word boundary?
5614     intptr_t next_int_off = align_down(st_off + st_size, BytesPerInt);
5615     if (next_int_off == this_int_off + BytesPerInt) {
5616       // We passed the current int, without fully initializing it.
5617       int_map_off = next_int_off;
5618       int_map >>= BytesPerInt;
5619     } else if (next_int_off > this_int_off + BytesPerInt) {
5620       // We passed the current and next int.
5621       return this_int_off + BytesPerInt;
5622     }
5623   }
5624 
5625   return -1;
5626 }
5627 
5628 
5629 // Called when the associated AllocateNode is expanded into CFG.
5630 // At this point, we may perform additional optimizations.
5631 // Linearize the stores by ascending offset, to make memory
5632 // activity as coherent as possible.
5633 Node* InitializeNode::complete_stores(Node* rawctl, Node* rawmem, Node* rawptr,
5634                                       intptr_t header_size,
5635                                       Node* size_in_bytes,
5636                                       PhaseIterGVN* phase) {
5637   assert(!is_complete(), "not already complete");
5638   assert(stores_are_sane(phase), "");
5639   assert(allocation() != nullptr, "must be present");
5640 
5641   remove_extra_zeroes();
5642 
5643   if (ReduceFieldZeroing || ReduceBulkZeroing)
5644     // reduce instruction count for common initialization patterns
5645     coalesce_subword_stores(header_size, size_in_bytes, phase);
5646 
5647   Node* zmem = zero_memory();   // initially zero memory state
5648   Node* inits = zmem;           // accumulating a linearized chain of inits
5649   #ifdef ASSERT
5650   intptr_t first_offset = allocation()->minimum_header_size();
5651   intptr_t last_init_off = first_offset;  // previous init offset
5652   intptr_t last_init_end = first_offset;  // previous init offset+size
5653   intptr_t last_tile_end = first_offset;  // previous tile offset+size
5654   #endif
5655   intptr_t zeroes_done = header_size;
5656 
5657   bool do_zeroing = true;       // we might give up if inits are very sparse
5658   int  big_init_gaps = 0;       // how many large gaps have we seen?
5659 
5660   if (UseTLAB && ZeroTLAB)  do_zeroing = false;
5661   if (!ReduceFieldZeroing && !ReduceBulkZeroing)  do_zeroing = false;
5662 
5663   for (uint i = InitializeNode::RawStores, limit = req(); i < limit; i++) {
5664     Node* st = in(i);
5665     intptr_t st_off = get_store_offset(st, phase);
5666     if (st_off < 0)
5667       break;                    // unknown junk in the inits
5668     if (st->in(MemNode::Memory) != zmem)
5669       break;                    // complicated store chains somehow in list
5670 
5671     int st_size = st->as_Store()->memory_size();
5672     intptr_t next_init_off = st_off + st_size;
5673 
5674     if (do_zeroing && zeroes_done < next_init_off) {
5675       // See if this store needs a zero before it or under it.
5676       intptr_t zeroes_needed = st_off;
5677 
5678       if (st_size < BytesPerInt) {
5679         // Look for subword stores which only partially initialize words.
5680         // If we find some, we must lay down some word-level zeroes first,
5681         // underneath the subword stores.
5682         //
5683         // Examples:
5684         //   byte[] a = { p,q,r,s }  =>  a[0]=p,a[1]=q,a[2]=r,a[3]=s
5685         //   byte[] a = { x,y,0,0 }  =>  a[0..3] = 0, a[0]=x,a[1]=y
5686         //   byte[] a = { 0,0,z,0 }  =>  a[0..3] = 0, a[2]=z
5687         //
5688         // Note:  coalesce_subword_stores may have already done this,
5689         // if it was prompted by constant non-zero subword initializers.
5690         // But this case can still arise with non-constant stores.
5691 
5692         intptr_t next_full_store = find_next_fullword_store(i, phase);
5693 
5694         // In the examples above:
5695         //   in(i)          p   q   r   s     x   y     z
5696         //   st_off        12  13  14  15    12  13    14
5697         //   st_size        1   1   1   1     1   1     1
5698         //   next_full_s.  12  16  16  16    16  16    16
5699         //   z's_done      12  16  16  16    12  16    12
5700         //   z's_needed    12  16  16  16    16  16    16
5701         //   zsize          0   0   0   0     4   0     4
5702         if (next_full_store < 0) {
5703           // Conservative tack:  Zero to end of current word.
5704           zeroes_needed = align_up(zeroes_needed, BytesPerInt);
5705         } else {
5706           // Zero to beginning of next fully initialized word.
5707           // Or, don't zero at all, if we are already in that word.
5708           assert(next_full_store >= zeroes_needed, "must go forward");
5709           assert((next_full_store & (BytesPerInt-1)) == 0, "even boundary");
5710           zeroes_needed = next_full_store;
5711         }
5712       }
5713 
5714       if (zeroes_needed > zeroes_done) {
5715         intptr_t zsize = zeroes_needed - zeroes_done;
5716         // Do some incremental zeroing on rawmem, in parallel with inits.
5717         zeroes_done = align_down(zeroes_done, BytesPerInt);
5718         rawmem = ClearArrayNode::clear_memory(rawctl, rawmem, rawptr,
5719                                               allocation()->in(AllocateNode::InitValue),
5720                                               allocation()->in(AllocateNode::RawInitValue),
5721                                               zeroes_done, zeroes_needed,
5722                                               true,
5723                                               phase);
5724         zeroes_done = zeroes_needed;
5725         if (zsize > InitArrayShortSize && ++big_init_gaps > 2)
5726           do_zeroing = false;   // leave the hole, next time
5727       }
5728     }
5729 
5730     // Collect the store and move on:
5731     phase->replace_input_of(st, MemNode::Memory, inits);
5732     inits = st;                 // put it on the linearized chain
5733     set_req(i, zmem);           // unhook from previous position
5734 
5735     if (zeroes_done == st_off)
5736       zeroes_done = next_init_off;
5737 
5738     assert(!do_zeroing || zeroes_done >= next_init_off, "don't miss any");
5739 
5740     #ifdef ASSERT
5741     // Various order invariants.  Weaker than stores_are_sane because
5742     // a large constant tile can be filled in by smaller non-constant stores.
5743     assert(st_off >= last_init_off, "inits do not reverse");
5744     last_init_off = st_off;
5745     const Type* val = nullptr;
5746     if (st_size >= BytesPerInt &&
5747         (val = phase->type(st->in(MemNode::ValueIn)))->singleton() &&
5748         (int)val->basic_type() < (int)T_OBJECT) {
5749       assert(st_off >= last_tile_end, "tiles do not overlap");
5750       assert(st_off >= last_init_end, "tiles do not overwrite inits");
5751       last_tile_end = MAX2(last_tile_end, next_init_off);
5752     } else {
5753       intptr_t st_tile_end = align_up(next_init_off, BytesPerLong);
5754       assert(st_tile_end >= last_tile_end, "inits stay with tiles");
5755       assert(st_off      >= last_init_end, "inits do not overlap");
5756       last_init_end = next_init_off;  // it's a non-tile
5757     }
5758     #endif //ASSERT
5759   }
5760 
5761   remove_extra_zeroes();        // clear out all the zmems left over
5762   add_req(inits);
5763 
5764   if (!(UseTLAB && ZeroTLAB)) {
5765     // If anything remains to be zeroed, zero it all now.
5766     zeroes_done = align_down(zeroes_done, BytesPerInt);
5767     // if it is the last unused 4 bytes of an instance, forget about it
5768     intptr_t size_limit = phase->find_intptr_t_con(size_in_bytes, max_jint);
5769     if (zeroes_done + BytesPerLong >= size_limit) {
5770       AllocateNode* alloc = allocation();
5771       assert(alloc != nullptr, "must be present");
5772       if (alloc != nullptr && alloc->Opcode() == Op_Allocate) {
5773         Node* klass_node = alloc->in(AllocateNode::KlassNode);
5774         ciKlass* k = phase->type(klass_node)->is_instklassptr()->instance_klass();
5775         if (zeroes_done == k->layout_helper())
5776           zeroes_done = size_limit;
5777       }
5778     }
5779     if (zeroes_done < size_limit) {
5780       rawmem = ClearArrayNode::clear_memory(rawctl, rawmem, rawptr,
5781                                             allocation()->in(AllocateNode::InitValue),
5782                                             allocation()->in(AllocateNode::RawInitValue),
5783                                             zeroes_done, size_in_bytes, true, phase);
5784     }
5785   }
5786 
5787   set_complete(phase);
5788   return rawmem;
5789 }
5790 
5791 void InitializeNode::replace_mem_projs_by(Node* mem, Compile* C) {
5792   auto replace_proj = [&](ProjNode* proj) {
5793     C->gvn_replace_by(proj, mem);
5794     return CONTINUE;
5795   };
5796   apply_to_projs(replace_proj, TypeFunc::Memory);
5797 }
5798 
5799 void InitializeNode::replace_mem_projs_by(Node* mem, PhaseIterGVN* igvn) {
5800   DUIterator_Fast imax, i = fast_outs(imax);
5801   auto replace_proj = [&](ProjNode* proj) {
5802     igvn->replace_node(proj, mem);
5803     --i; --imax;
5804     return CONTINUE;
5805   };
5806   apply_to_projs(imax, i, replace_proj, TypeFunc::Memory);
5807 }
5808 
5809 bool InitializeNode::already_has_narrow_mem_proj_with_adr_type(const TypePtr* adr_type) const {
5810   auto find_proj = [&](ProjNode* proj) {
5811     if (proj->adr_type() == adr_type) {
5812       return BREAK_AND_RETURN_CURRENT_PROJ;
5813     }
5814     return CONTINUE;
5815   };
5816   DUIterator_Fast imax, i = fast_outs(imax);
5817   return apply_to_narrow_mem_projs_any_iterator(UsesIteratorFast(imax, i, this), find_proj) != nullptr;
5818 }
5819 
5820 MachProjNode* InitializeNode::mem_mach_proj() const {
5821   auto find_proj = [](ProjNode* proj) {
5822     if (proj->is_MachProj()) {
5823       return BREAK_AND_RETURN_CURRENT_PROJ;
5824     }
5825     return CONTINUE;
5826   };
5827   ProjNode* proj = apply_to_projs(find_proj, TypeFunc::Memory);
5828   if (proj == nullptr) {
5829     return nullptr;
5830   }
5831   return proj->as_MachProj();
5832 }
5833 
5834 #ifdef ASSERT
5835 bool InitializeNode::stores_are_sane(PhaseValues* phase) {
5836   if (is_complete())
5837     return true;                // stores could be anything at this point
5838   assert(allocation() != nullptr, "must be present");
5839   intptr_t last_off = allocation()->minimum_header_size();
5840   for (uint i = InitializeNode::RawStores; i < req(); i++) {
5841     Node* st = in(i);
5842     intptr_t st_off = get_store_offset(st, phase);
5843     if (st_off < 0)  continue;  // ignore dead garbage
5844     if (last_off > st_off) {
5845       tty->print_cr("*** bad store offset at %d: %zd > %zd", i, last_off, st_off);
5846       this->dump(2);
5847       assert(false, "ascending store offsets");
5848       return false;
5849     }
5850     last_off = st_off + st->as_Store()->memory_size();
5851   }
5852   return true;
5853 }
5854 #endif //ASSERT
5855 
5856 
5857 
5858 
5859 //============================MergeMemNode=====================================
5860 //
5861 // SEMANTICS OF MEMORY MERGES:  A MergeMem is a memory state assembled from several
5862 // contributing store or call operations.  Each contributor provides the memory
5863 // state for a particular "alias type" (see Compile::alias_type).  For example,
5864 // if a MergeMem has an input X for alias category #6, then any memory reference
5865 // to alias category #6 may use X as its memory state input, as an exact equivalent
5866 // to using the MergeMem as a whole.
5867 //   Load<6>( MergeMem(<6>: X, ...), p ) <==> Load<6>(X,p)
5868 //
5869 // (Here, the <N> notation gives the index of the relevant adr_type.)
5870 //
5871 // In one special case (and more cases in the future), alias categories overlap.
5872 // The special alias category "Bot" (Compile::AliasIdxBot) includes all memory
5873 // states.  Therefore, if a MergeMem has only one contributing input W for Bot,
5874 // it is exactly equivalent to that state W:
5875 //   MergeMem(<Bot>: W) <==> W
5876 //
5877 // Usually, the merge has more than one input.  In that case, where inputs
5878 // overlap (i.e., one is Bot), the narrower alias type determines the memory
5879 // state for that type, and the wider alias type (Bot) fills in everywhere else:
5880 //   Load<5>( MergeMem(<Bot>: W, <6>: X), p ) <==> Load<5>(W,p)
5881 //   Load<6>( MergeMem(<Bot>: W, <6>: X), p ) <==> Load<6>(X,p)
5882 //
5883 // A merge can take a "wide" memory state as one of its narrow inputs.
5884 // This simply means that the merge observes out only the relevant parts of
5885 // the wide input.  That is, wide memory states arriving at narrow merge inputs
5886 // are implicitly "filtered" or "sliced" as necessary.  (This is rare.)
5887 //
5888 // These rules imply that MergeMem nodes may cascade (via their <Bot> links),
5889 // and that memory slices "leak through":
5890 //   MergeMem(<Bot>: MergeMem(<Bot>: W, <7>: Y)) <==> MergeMem(<Bot>: W, <7>: Y)
5891 //
5892 // But, in such a cascade, repeated memory slices can "block the leak":
5893 //   MergeMem(<Bot>: MergeMem(<Bot>: W, <7>: Y), <7>: Y') <==> MergeMem(<Bot>: W, <7>: Y')
5894 //
5895 // In the last example, Y is not part of the combined memory state of the
5896 // outermost MergeMem.  The system must, of course, prevent unschedulable
5897 // memory states from arising, so you can be sure that the state Y is somehow
5898 // a precursor to state Y'.
5899 //
5900 //
5901 // REPRESENTATION OF MEMORY MERGES: The indexes used to address the Node::in array
5902 // of each MergeMemNode array are exactly the numerical alias indexes, including
5903 // but not limited to AliasIdxTop, AliasIdxBot, and AliasIdxRaw.  The functions
5904 // Compile::alias_type (and kin) produce and manage these indexes.
5905 //
5906 // By convention, the value of in(AliasIdxTop) (i.e., in(1)) is always the top node.
5907 // (Note that this provides quick access to the top node inside MergeMem methods,
5908 // without the need to reach out via TLS to Compile::current.)
5909 //
5910 // As a consequence of what was just described, a MergeMem that represents a full
5911 // memory state has an edge in(AliasIdxBot) which is a "wide" memory state,
5912 // containing all alias categories.
5913 //
5914 // MergeMem nodes never (?) have control inputs, so in(0) is null.
5915 //
5916 // All other edges in(N) (including in(AliasIdxRaw), which is in(3)) are either
5917 // a memory state for the alias type <N>, or else the top node, meaning that
5918 // there is no particular input for that alias type.  Note that the length of
5919 // a MergeMem is variable, and may be extended at any time to accommodate new
5920 // memory states at larger alias indexes.  When merges grow, they are of course
5921 // filled with "top" in the unused in() positions.
5922 //
5923 // This use of top is named "empty_memory()", or "empty_mem" (no-memory) as a variable.
5924 // (Top was chosen because it works smoothly with passes like GCM.)
5925 //
5926 // For convenience, we hardwire the alias index for TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM.  (It is
5927 // the type of random VM bits like TLS references.)  Since it is always the
5928 // first non-Bot memory slice, some low-level loops use it to initialize an
5929 // index variable:  for (i = AliasIdxRaw; i < req(); i++).
5930 //
5931 //
5932 // ACCESSORS:  There is a special accessor MergeMemNode::base_memory which returns
5933 // the distinguished "wide" state.  The accessor MergeMemNode::memory_at(N) returns
5934 // the memory state for alias type <N>, or (if there is no particular slice at <N>,
5935 // it returns the base memory.  To prevent bugs, memory_at does not accept <Top>
5936 // or <Bot> indexes.  The iterator MergeMemStream provides robust iteration over
5937 // MergeMem nodes or pairs of such nodes, ensuring that the non-top edges are visited.
5938 //
5939 // %%%% We may get rid of base_memory as a separate accessor at some point; it isn't
5940 // really that different from the other memory inputs.  An abbreviation called
5941 // "bot_memory()" for "memory_at(AliasIdxBot)" would keep code tidy.
5942 //
5943 //
5944 // PARTIAL MEMORY STATES:  During optimization, MergeMem nodes may arise that represent
5945 // partial memory states.  When a Phi splits through a MergeMem, the copy of the Phi
5946 // that "emerges though" the base memory will be marked as excluding the alias types
5947 // of the other (narrow-memory) copies which "emerged through" the narrow edges:
5948 //
5949 //   Phi<Bot>(U, MergeMem(<Bot>: W, <8>: Y))
5950 //     ==Ideal=>  MergeMem(<Bot>: Phi<Bot-8>(U, W), Phi<8>(U, Y))
5951 //
5952 // This strange "subtraction" effect is necessary to ensure IGVN convergence.
5953 // (It is currently unimplemented.)  As you can see, the resulting merge is
5954 // actually a disjoint union of memory states, rather than an overlay.
5955 //
5956 
5957 //------------------------------MergeMemNode-----------------------------------
5958 Node* MergeMemNode::make_empty_memory() {
5959   Node* empty_memory = (Node*) Compile::current()->top();
5960   assert(empty_memory->is_top(), "correct sentinel identity");
5961   return empty_memory;
5962 }
5963 
5964 MergeMemNode::MergeMemNode(Node *new_base) : Node(1+Compile::AliasIdxRaw) {
5965   init_class_id(Class_MergeMem);
5966   // all inputs are nullified in Node::Node(int)
5967   // set_input(0, nullptr);  // no control input
5968 
5969   // Initialize the edges uniformly to top, for starters.
5970   Node* empty_mem = make_empty_memory();
5971   for (uint i = Compile::AliasIdxTop; i < req(); i++) {
5972     init_req(i,empty_mem);
5973   }
5974   assert(empty_memory() == empty_mem, "");
5975 
5976   if( new_base != nullptr && new_base->is_MergeMem() ) {
5977     MergeMemNode* mdef = new_base->as_MergeMem();
5978     assert(mdef->empty_memory() == empty_mem, "consistent sentinels");
5979     for (MergeMemStream mms(this, mdef); mms.next_non_empty2(); ) {
5980       mms.set_memory(mms.memory2());
5981     }
5982     assert(base_memory() == mdef->base_memory(), "");
5983   } else {
5984     set_base_memory(new_base);
5985   }
5986 }
5987 
5988 // Make a new, untransformed MergeMem with the same base as 'mem'.
5989 // If mem is itself a MergeMem, populate the result with the same edges.
5990 MergeMemNode* MergeMemNode::make(Node* mem) {
5991   return new MergeMemNode(mem);
5992 }
5993 
5994 //------------------------------cmp--------------------------------------------
5995 uint MergeMemNode::hash() const { return NO_HASH; }
5996 bool MergeMemNode::cmp( const Node &n ) const {
5997   return (&n == this);          // Always fail except on self
5998 }
5999 
6000 //------------------------------Identity---------------------------------------
6001 Node* MergeMemNode::Identity(PhaseGVN* phase) {
6002   // Identity if this merge point does not record any interesting memory
6003   // disambiguations.
6004   Node* base_mem = base_memory();
6005   Node* empty_mem = empty_memory();
6006   if (base_mem != empty_mem) {  // Memory path is not dead?
6007     for (uint i = Compile::AliasIdxRaw; i < req(); i++) {
6008       Node* mem = in(i);
6009       if (mem != empty_mem && mem != base_mem) {
6010         return this;            // Many memory splits; no change
6011       }
6012     }
6013   }
6014   return base_mem;              // No memory splits; ID on the one true input
6015 }
6016 
6017 //------------------------------Ideal------------------------------------------
6018 // This method is invoked recursively on chains of MergeMem nodes
6019 Node *MergeMemNode::Ideal(PhaseGVN *phase, bool can_reshape) {
6020   // Remove chain'd MergeMems
6021   //
6022   // This is delicate, because the each "in(i)" (i >= Raw) is interpreted
6023   // relative to the "in(Bot)".  Since we are patching both at the same time,
6024   // we have to be careful to read each "in(i)" relative to the old "in(Bot)",
6025   // but rewrite each "in(i)" relative to the new "in(Bot)".
6026   Node *progress = nullptr;
6027 
6028 
6029   Node* old_base = base_memory();
6030   Node* empty_mem = empty_memory();
6031   if (old_base == empty_mem)
6032     return nullptr; // Dead memory path.
6033 
6034   MergeMemNode* old_mbase;
6035   if (old_base != nullptr && old_base->is_MergeMem())
6036     old_mbase = old_base->as_MergeMem();
6037   else
6038     old_mbase = nullptr;
6039   Node* new_base = old_base;
6040 
6041   // simplify stacked MergeMems in base memory
6042   if (old_mbase)  new_base = old_mbase->base_memory();
6043 
6044   // the base memory might contribute new slices beyond my req()
6045   if (old_mbase)  grow_to_match(old_mbase);
6046 
6047   // Note:  We do not call verify_sparse on entry, because inputs
6048   // can normalize to the base_memory via subsume_node or similar
6049   // mechanisms.  This method repairs that damage.
6050 
6051   assert(!old_mbase || old_mbase->is_empty_memory(empty_mem), "consistent sentinels");
6052 
6053   // Look at each slice.
6054   for (uint i = Compile::AliasIdxRaw; i < req(); i++) {
6055     Node* old_in = in(i);
6056     // calculate the old memory value
6057     Node* old_mem = old_in;
6058     if (old_mem == empty_mem)  old_mem = old_base;
6059     assert(old_mem == memory_at(i), "");
6060 
6061     // maybe update (reslice) the old memory value
6062 
6063     // simplify stacked MergeMems
6064     Node* new_mem = old_mem;
6065     MergeMemNode* old_mmem;
6066     if (old_mem != nullptr && old_mem->is_MergeMem())
6067       old_mmem = old_mem->as_MergeMem();
6068     else
6069       old_mmem = nullptr;
6070     if (old_mmem == this) {
6071       // This can happen if loops break up and safepoints disappear.
6072       // A merge of BotPtr (default) with a RawPtr memory derived from a
6073       // safepoint can be rewritten to a merge of the same BotPtr with
6074       // the BotPtr phi coming into the loop.  If that phi disappears
6075       // also, we can end up with a self-loop of the mergemem.
6076       // In general, if loops degenerate and memory effects disappear,
6077       // a mergemem can be left looking at itself.  This simply means
6078       // that the mergemem's default should be used, since there is
6079       // no longer any apparent effect on this slice.
6080       // Note: If a memory slice is a MergeMem cycle, it is unreachable
6081       //       from start.  Update the input to TOP.
6082       new_mem = (new_base == this || new_base == empty_mem)? empty_mem : new_base;
6083     }
6084     else if (old_mmem != nullptr) {
6085       new_mem = old_mmem->memory_at(i);
6086     }
6087     // else preceding memory was not a MergeMem
6088 
6089     // maybe store down a new value
6090     Node* new_in = new_mem;
6091     if (new_in == new_base)  new_in = empty_mem;
6092 
6093     if (new_in != old_in) {
6094       // Warning:  Do not combine this "if" with the previous "if"
6095       // A memory slice might have be be rewritten even if it is semantically
6096       // unchanged, if the base_memory value has changed.
6097       set_req_X(i, new_in, phase);
6098       progress = this;          // Report progress
6099     }
6100   }
6101 
6102   if (new_base != old_base) {
6103     set_req_X(Compile::AliasIdxBot, new_base, phase);
6104     // Don't use set_base_memory(new_base), because we need to update du.
6105     assert(base_memory() == new_base, "");
6106     progress = this;
6107   }
6108 
6109   if( base_memory() == this ) {
6110     // a self cycle indicates this memory path is dead
6111     set_req(Compile::AliasIdxBot, empty_mem);
6112   }
6113 
6114   // Resolve external cycles by calling Ideal on a MergeMem base_memory
6115   // Recursion must occur after the self cycle check above
6116   if( base_memory()->is_MergeMem() ) {
6117     MergeMemNode *new_mbase = base_memory()->as_MergeMem();
6118     Node *m = phase->transform(new_mbase);  // Rollup any cycles
6119     if( m != nullptr &&
6120         (m->is_top() ||
6121          (m->is_MergeMem() && m->as_MergeMem()->base_memory() == empty_mem)) ) {
6122       // propagate rollup of dead cycle to self
6123       set_req(Compile::AliasIdxBot, empty_mem);
6124     }
6125   }
6126 
6127   if( base_memory() == empty_mem ) {
6128     progress = this;
6129     // Cut inputs during Parse phase only.
6130     // During Optimize phase a dead MergeMem node will be subsumed by Top.
6131     if( !can_reshape ) {
6132       for (uint i = Compile::AliasIdxRaw; i < req(); i++) {
6133         if( in(i) != empty_mem ) { set_req(i, empty_mem); }
6134       }
6135     }
6136   }
6137 
6138   if( !progress && base_memory()->is_Phi() && can_reshape ) {
6139     // Check if PhiNode::Ideal's "Split phis through memory merges"
6140     // transform should be attempted. Look for this->phi->this cycle.
6141     uint merge_width = req();
6142     if (merge_width > Compile::AliasIdxRaw) {
6143       PhiNode* phi = base_memory()->as_Phi();
6144       for( uint i = 1; i < phi->req(); ++i ) {// For all paths in
6145         if (phi->in(i) == this) {
6146           phase->is_IterGVN()->_worklist.push(phi);
6147           break;
6148         }
6149       }
6150     }
6151   }
6152 
6153   assert(progress || verify_sparse(), "please, no dups of base");
6154   return progress;
6155 }
6156 
6157 //-------------------------set_base_memory-------------------------------------
6158 void MergeMemNode::set_base_memory(Node *new_base) {
6159   Node* empty_mem = empty_memory();
6160   set_req(Compile::AliasIdxBot, new_base);
6161   assert(memory_at(req()) == new_base, "must set default memory");
6162   // Clear out other occurrences of new_base:
6163   if (new_base != empty_mem) {
6164     for (uint i = Compile::AliasIdxRaw; i < req(); i++) {
6165       if (in(i) == new_base)  set_req(i, empty_mem);
6166     }
6167   }
6168 }
6169 
6170 //------------------------------out_RegMask------------------------------------
6171 const RegMask &MergeMemNode::out_RegMask() const {
6172   return RegMask::EMPTY;
6173 }
6174 
6175 //------------------------------dump_spec--------------------------------------
6176 #ifndef PRODUCT
6177 void MergeMemNode::dump_spec(outputStream *st) const {
6178   st->print(" {");
6179   Node* base_mem = base_memory();
6180   for( uint i = Compile::AliasIdxRaw; i < req(); i++ ) {
6181     Node* mem = (in(i) != nullptr) ? memory_at(i) : base_mem;
6182     if (mem == base_mem) { st->print(" -"); continue; }
6183     st->print( " N%d:", mem->_idx );
6184     Compile::current()->get_adr_type(i)->dump_on(st);
6185   }
6186   st->print(" }");
6187 }
6188 #endif // !PRODUCT
6189 
6190 
6191 #ifdef ASSERT
6192 static bool might_be_same(Node* a, Node* b) {
6193   if (a == b)  return true;
6194   if (!(a->is_Phi() || b->is_Phi()))  return false;
6195   // phis shift around during optimization
6196   return true;  // pretty stupid...
6197 }
6198 
6199 // verify a narrow slice (either incoming or outgoing)
6200 static void verify_memory_slice(const MergeMemNode* m, int alias_idx, Node* n) {
6201   if (!VerifyAliases)                return;  // don't bother to verify unless requested
6202   if (VMError::is_error_reported())  return;  // muzzle asserts when debugging an error
6203   if (Node::in_dump())               return;  // muzzle asserts when printing
6204   assert(alias_idx >= Compile::AliasIdxRaw, "must not disturb base_memory or sentinel");
6205   assert(n != nullptr, "");
6206   // Elide intervening MergeMem's
6207   while (n->is_MergeMem()) {
6208     n = n->as_MergeMem()->memory_at(alias_idx);
6209   }
6210   Compile* C = Compile::current();
6211   const TypePtr* n_adr_type = n->adr_type();
6212   if (n == m->empty_memory()) {
6213     // Implicit copy of base_memory()
6214   } else if (n_adr_type != TypePtr::BOTTOM) {
6215     assert(n_adr_type != nullptr, "new memory must have a well-defined adr_type");
6216     assert(C->must_alias(n_adr_type, alias_idx), "new memory must match selected slice");
6217   } else {
6218     // A few places like make_runtime_call "know" that VM calls are narrow,
6219     // and can be used to update only the VM bits stored as TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM.
6220     bool expected_wide_mem = false;
6221     if (n == m->base_memory()) {
6222       expected_wide_mem = true;
6223     } else if (alias_idx == Compile::AliasIdxRaw ||
6224                n == m->memory_at(Compile::AliasIdxRaw)) {
6225       expected_wide_mem = true;
6226     } else if (!C->alias_type(alias_idx)->is_rewritable()) {
6227       // memory can "leak through" calls on channels that
6228       // are write-once.  Allow this also.
6229       expected_wide_mem = true;
6230     }
6231     assert(expected_wide_mem, "expected narrow slice replacement");
6232   }
6233 }
6234 #else // !ASSERT
6235 #define verify_memory_slice(m,i,n) (void)(0)  // PRODUCT version is no-op
6236 #endif
6237 
6238 
6239 //-----------------------------memory_at---------------------------------------
6240 Node* MergeMemNode::memory_at(uint alias_idx) const {
6241   assert(alias_idx >= Compile::AliasIdxRaw ||
6242          (alias_idx == Compile::AliasIdxBot && !Compile::current()->do_aliasing()),
6243          "must avoid base_memory and AliasIdxTop");
6244 
6245   // Otherwise, it is a narrow slice.
6246   Node* n = alias_idx < req() ? in(alias_idx) : empty_memory();
6247   if (is_empty_memory(n)) {
6248     // the array is sparse; empty slots are the "top" node
6249     n = base_memory();
6250     assert(Node::in_dump()
6251            || n == nullptr || n->bottom_type() == Type::TOP
6252            || n->adr_type() == nullptr // address is TOP
6253            || n->adr_type() == TypePtr::BOTTOM
6254            || n->adr_type() == TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM
6255            || n->is_NarrowMemProj()
6256            || !Compile::current()->do_aliasing(),
6257            "must be a wide memory");
6258     // do_aliasing == false if we are organizing the memory states manually.
6259     // See verify_memory_slice for comments on TypeRawPtr::BOTTOM.
6260   } else {
6261     // make sure the stored slice is sane
6262     #ifdef ASSERT
6263     if (VMError::is_error_reported() || Node::in_dump()) {
6264     } else if (might_be_same(n, base_memory())) {
6265       // Give it a pass:  It is a mostly harmless repetition of the base.
6266       // This can arise normally from node subsumption during optimization.
6267     } else {
6268       verify_memory_slice(this, alias_idx, n);
6269     }
6270     #endif
6271   }
6272   return n;
6273 }
6274 
6275 //---------------------------set_memory_at-------------------------------------
6276 void MergeMemNode::set_memory_at(uint alias_idx, Node *n) {
6277   verify_memory_slice(this, alias_idx, n);
6278   Node* empty_mem = empty_memory();
6279   if (n == base_memory())  n = empty_mem;  // collapse default
6280   uint need_req = alias_idx+1;
6281   if (req() < need_req) {
6282     if (n == empty_mem)  return;  // already the default, so do not grow me
6283     // grow the sparse array
6284     do {
6285       add_req(empty_mem);
6286     } while (req() < need_req);
6287   }
6288   set_req( alias_idx, n );
6289 }
6290 
6291 
6292 
6293 //--------------------------iteration_setup------------------------------------
6294 void MergeMemNode::iteration_setup(const MergeMemNode* other) {
6295   if (other != nullptr) {
6296     grow_to_match(other);
6297     // invariant:  the finite support of mm2 is within mm->req()
6298     #ifdef ASSERT
6299     for (uint i = req(); i < other->req(); i++) {
6300       assert(other->is_empty_memory(other->in(i)), "slice left uncovered");
6301     }
6302     #endif
6303   }
6304   // Replace spurious copies of base_memory by top.
6305   Node* base_mem = base_memory();
6306   if (base_mem != nullptr && !base_mem->is_top()) {
6307     for (uint i = Compile::AliasIdxBot+1, imax = req(); i < imax; i++) {
6308       if (in(i) == base_mem)
6309         set_req(i, empty_memory());
6310     }
6311   }
6312 }
6313 
6314 //---------------------------grow_to_match-------------------------------------
6315 void MergeMemNode::grow_to_match(const MergeMemNode* other) {
6316   Node* empty_mem = empty_memory();
6317   assert(other->is_empty_memory(empty_mem), "consistent sentinels");
6318   // look for the finite support of the other memory
6319   for (uint i = other->req(); --i >= req(); ) {
6320     if (other->in(i) != empty_mem) {
6321       uint new_len = i+1;
6322       while (req() < new_len)  add_req(empty_mem);
6323       break;
6324     }
6325   }
6326 }
6327 
6328 //---------------------------verify_sparse-------------------------------------
6329 #ifndef PRODUCT
6330 bool MergeMemNode::verify_sparse() const {
6331   assert(is_empty_memory(make_empty_memory()), "sane sentinel");
6332   Node* base_mem = base_memory();
6333   // The following can happen in degenerate cases, since empty==top.
6334   if (is_empty_memory(base_mem))  return true;
6335   for (uint i = Compile::AliasIdxRaw; i < req(); i++) {
6336     assert(in(i) != nullptr, "sane slice");
6337     if (in(i) == base_mem)  return false;  // should have been the sentinel value!
6338   }
6339   return true;
6340 }
6341 
6342 bool MergeMemStream::match_memory(Node* mem, const MergeMemNode* mm, int idx) {
6343   Node* n;
6344   n = mm->in(idx);
6345   if (mem == n)  return true;  // might be empty_memory()
6346   n = (idx == Compile::AliasIdxBot)? mm->base_memory(): mm->memory_at(idx);
6347   if (mem == n)  return true;
6348   return false;
6349 }
6350 #endif // !PRODUCT